summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/671-h/671-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '671-h/671-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--671-h/671-h.htm8576
1 files changed, 8576 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/671-h/671-h.htm b/671-h/671-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ffbe5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/671-h/671-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8576 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html
+ PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" >
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+ <title>
+ Phil, the Fiddler, by Horatio Alger, Jr.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve">
+
+ body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify}
+ P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; }
+ H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; }
+ hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;}
+ .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; }
+ blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+ .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;}
+ .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;}
+ .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;}
+ div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; }
+ div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; }
+ .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;}
+ .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;}
+ .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal;
+ margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%;
+ text-align: right;}
+ pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;}
+
+</style>
+ </head>
+ <body>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Phil the Fiddler, by Horatio Alger, Jr.
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Phil the Fiddler
+
+Author: Horatio Alger, Jr.
+
+Release Date: March 18, 2006 [EBook #671]
+Last Updated: January 9, 2019
+
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHIL THE FIDDLER ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h1>
+ PHIL, THE FIDDLER
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ By Horatio Alger, Jr.
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br /> <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <blockquote>
+ <p class="toc">
+ <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big>
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE </a><br /> <br /> <a
+ href="#link2H_4_0002"> <big><b>PHIL THE FIDDLER</b></big> </a><br />
+ <br /> <br /> <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I -- PHIL THE FIDDLER </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II -- PHIL AND HIS PROTECTOR </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0003">
+ CHAPTER III -- GIACOMO </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV -- GIACOMO </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V -- ON THE FERRY BOAT </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0006">
+ CHAPTER VI -- THE BARROOM </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII -- THE HOME OF THE BOYS </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII -- A COLD DAY </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0009">
+ CHAPTER IX -- PIETRO THE SPY </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X -- FRENCH’S HOTEL </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI -- THE BOYS RECEPTION </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0012">
+ CHAPTER XII -- GIACOMO’S PRESENTIMENTS </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII -- PHIL FINDS A CAPITALIST </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV -- THE TAMBOURINE GIRL </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0015">
+ CHAPTER XV -- PHIL’S NEW PLANS </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI -- THE FASHIONABLE PARTY </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII -- THE PADRONE IS ANXIOUS </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0018">
+ CHAPTER XVIII -- PHIL ELUDES HIS PURSUER </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX -- PIETRO’S PURSUIT </a><br />
+ <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX -- PIETRO’S DISAPPOINTMENT </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0021">
+ CHAPTER XXI -- THE SIEGE </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII -- THE SIEGE IS RAISED </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII -- A PITCHED BATTLE </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0024">
+ CHAPTER XXIV -- THE DEATH OF GIACOMO </a><br /> <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV -- PHIL FINDS A FRIEND </a><br /> <a
+ href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI -- CONCLUSION </a>&nbsp;&nbsp;
+ </p>
+ </blockquote>
+ <p>
+ <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <hr />
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+ <h2>
+ PREFACE
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ Among the most interesting and picturesque classes of street children in
+ New York are the young Italian musicians, who wander about our streets
+ with harps, violins, or tambourines, playing wherever they can secure an
+ audience. They become Americanized less easily than children of other
+ nationalities, and both in dress and outward appearance retain their
+ foreign look, while few, even after several years&rsquo; residence, acquire even
+ a passable knowledge of the English language.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In undertaking, therefore, to describe this phase of street life, I found,
+ at the outset, unusual difficulty on account of my inadequate information.
+ But I was fortunate enough to make the acquaintance of two prominent
+ Italian gentlemen, long resident in New York&mdash;Mr. A. E. Cerqua,
+ superintendent of the Italian school at the Five Points, and through his
+ introduction, of Mr. G. F. Secchi de Casale, editor of the well-known Eco
+ d&rsquo;Italia&mdash;from whom I obtained full and trustworthy information. A
+ series of articles contributed by Mr. De Casale to his paper, on the
+ Italian street children, in whom he has long felt a patriotic and
+ sympathetic interest, I have found of great service, and I freely
+ acknowledge that, but for the information thus acquired, I should have
+ been unable to write the present volume.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ My readers will learn with surprise, probably, of the hard life led by
+ these children, and the inhuman treatment which they receive from the
+ speculators who buy them from their parents in Italy. It is not without
+ reason that Mr. De Casale speaks of them as the &ldquo;White Slaves&rdquo; of New
+ York. I may add, in passing, that they are quite distinct from the Italian
+ bootblacks and newsboys who are to be found in Chatham Street and the
+ vicinity of the City Hall Park. These last are the children of resident
+ Italians of the poorer class, and are much better off than the musicians.
+ It is from their ranks that the Italian school, before referred to, draws
+ its pupils.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ If the story of &ldquo;Phil the Fiddler,&rdquo; in revealing for the first time to the
+ American public the hardships and ill treatment of these wandering
+ musicians shall excite an active sympathy in their behalf, the author will
+ feel abundantly repaid for his labors.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ NEW YORK, APRIL 2, 1872. <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h1>
+ PHIL THE FIDDLER
+ </h1>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER I
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL THE FIDDLER
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Viva Garibaldi!&rdquo; sang a young Italian boy in an uptown street,
+ accompanying himself on a violin which, from its battered appearance,
+ seemed to have met with hard usage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the young singer is to be the hero of my story, I will pause to
+ describe him. He was twelve years old, but small of his age. His
+ complexion was a brilliant olive, with the dark eyes peculiar to his race,
+ and his hair black. In spite of the dirt, his face was strikingly
+ handsome, especially when lighted up by a smile, as was often the case,
+ for in spite of the hardships of his lot, and these were neither few nor
+ light, Filippo was naturally merry and light-hearted.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He wore a velveteen jacket, and pantaloons which atoned, by their extra
+ length, for the holes resulting from hard usage and antiquity. His shoes,
+ which appeared to be wholly unacquainted with blacking, were, like his
+ pantaloons, two or three sizes too large for him, making it necessary for
+ him to shuffle along ungracefully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was now ten o&rsquo;clock in the morning. Two hours had elapsed since
+ Filippo, or Phil, as I shall call him, for the benefit of my readers
+ unfamiliar with Italian names, had left the miserable home in Crosby
+ Street, where he and forty other boys lived in charge of a middle-aged
+ Italian, known as the padrone. Of this person, and the relations between
+ him and the boys, I shall hereafter speak. At present I propose to
+ accompany Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Though he had wandered about, singing and playing, for two hours, Phil had
+ not yet received a penny. This made him somewhat uneasy, for he knew that
+ at night he must carry home a satisfactory sum to the padrone, or he would
+ be brutally beaten; and poor Phil knew from sad experience that this hard
+ taskmaster had no mercy in such cases.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The block in which he stood was adjacent to Fifth Avenue, and was lined on
+ either side with brown-stone houses. It was quiet, and but few passed
+ through it during the busy hours of the day. But Phil&rsquo;s hope was that some
+ money might be thrown him from a window of some of the fine houses before
+ which he played, but he seemed likely to be disappointed, for he played
+ ten minutes without apparently attracting any attention. He was about to
+ change his position, when the basement door of one of the houses opened,
+ and a servant came out, bareheaded, and approached him. Phil regarded her
+ with distrust, for he was often ordered away as a nuisance. He stopped
+ playing, and, hugging his violin closely, regarded her watchfully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;re to come in,&rdquo; said the girl abruptly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Che cosa volete?&rdquo; (1) said Phil, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (1) &ldquo;What do you want?&rdquo;
+ </pre>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t understand your Italian rubbish,&rdquo; said the girl. &ldquo;You&rsquo;re to come
+ into the house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In general, boys of Phil&rsquo;s class are slow in learning English. After
+ months, and even years sometimes, their knowledge is limited to a few
+ words or phrases. On the other hand, they pick up French readily, and as
+ many of them, en route for America, spend some weeks, or months, in the
+ French metropolis, it is common to find them able to speak the language
+ somewhat. Phil, however, was an exception, and could manage to speak
+ English a little, though not as well as he could understand it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What for I go?&rdquo; he asked, a little distrustfully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My young master wants to hear you play on your fiddle,&rdquo; said the servant.
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s sick, and can&rsquo;t come out.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All right!&rdquo; said Phil, using one of the first English phrases he had
+ caught. &ldquo;I will go.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come along, then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil followed his guide into the basement, thence up two flight of stairs,
+ and along a handsome hall into a chamber. The little fiddler, who had
+ never before been invited into a fine house, looked with admiration at the
+ handsome furniture, and especially at the pictures upon the wall, for,
+ like most of his nation, he had a love for whatever was beautiful, whether
+ in nature or art.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The chamber had two occupants. One, a boy of twelve years, was lying in a
+ bed, propped up by pillows. His thin, pale face spoke of long sickness,
+ and contrasted vividly with the brilliant brown face of the little Italian
+ boy, who seemed the perfect picture of health. Sitting beside the bed was
+ a lady of middle age and pleasant expression. It was easy to see by the
+ resemblance that she was the mother of the sick boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked from one to the other, uncertain what was required of him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can you speak English?&rdquo; asked Mrs. Leigh.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signora, a little,&rdquo; answered our hero.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My son is sick, and would like to hear you play a little.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And sing, too,&rdquo; added the sick boy, from the bed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil struck up the song he had been singing in the street, a song well
+ known to all who have stopped to listen to the boys of his class, with the
+ refrain, &ldquo;Viva Garibaldi.&rdquo; His voice was clear and melodious, and in spite
+ of the poor quality of his instrument, he sang with so much feeling that
+ the effect was agreeable.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The sick boy listened with evident pleasure, for he, too, had a taste for
+ music.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish I could understand Italian,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;I think it must be a good
+ song.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Perhaps he can sing some English song,&rdquo; suggested Mrs. Leigh.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can you sing in English?&rdquo; she asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil hesitated a moment, and then broke into the common street ditty,
+ &ldquo;Shoe fly, don&rsquo;t bouder me,&rdquo; giving a quaint sound to the words by his
+ Italian accent.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you know any more?&rdquo; asked Henry Leigh, when our hero had finished.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not English,&rdquo; said Phil, shaking his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You ought to learn more.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can play more,&rdquo; said Phil, &ldquo;but I know not the words.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then play some tunes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Thereupon the little Italian struck up &ldquo;Yankee Doodle,&rdquo; which he played
+ with spirit and evident enjoyment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you know the name of that?&rdquo; asked Henry.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shook his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is &lsquo;Yankee Doodle.&rsquo;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil tried to pronounce it, but the words in his mouth had a droll sound,
+ and made them laugh.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How old are you?&rdquo; asked Henry.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Twelve years.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you are quite as old as I am.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish you were as well and strong as he seems to be,&rdquo; said Mrs. Leigh,
+ sighing, as she looked at Henry&rsquo;s pale face.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ That was little likely to be. Always a delicate child, Henry had a year
+ previous contracted a cold, which had attacked his lungs, and had
+ gradually increased until there seemed little doubt that in the long
+ struggle with disease nature must succumb, and early death ensue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How long have you been in this country?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Un anno.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How long is that?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A year,&rdquo; said Henry. &ldquo;I know that, because &lsquo;annus&rsquo; means a year in
+ Latin.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signor, a year,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And where do you come from?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Da Napoli.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That means from Naples, I suppose.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signor.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Most of the little Italian musicians to be found in our streets are
+ brought from Calabria, the southern portion of Italy, where they are
+ purchased from their parents, for a fixed sum, or rate of annual payment.
+ But it is usual for them when questioned, to say that they come from
+ Naples, that being the principal city in that portion of Italy, or indeed
+ in the entire kingdom.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who do you live with,&rdquo; continued Henry.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;With the padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And who is the padrone?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He take care of me&mdash;he bring me from Italy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he kind to you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He beat me sometimes,&rdquo; he answered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Beats you? What for?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If I bring little money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Does he beat you hard?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signor, with a stick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He must be a bad man,&rdquo; said Henry, indignantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much money must you carry home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Two dollars.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But it isn&rsquo;t your fault, if people will not give you money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Non importa. He beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He ought to be beaten himself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders. Like most boys of his class, to him the
+ padrone seemed all-powerful. The idea that his oppressive taskmaster
+ should be punished for his cruelty had never dawned upon him. Knowing
+ nothing of any law that would protect him, he submitted to it as a
+ necessity, from which there was no escape except by running away. He had
+ not come to that yet, but some of his companions had done so, and he might
+ some day.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After this conversation he played another tune. Mrs. Leigh drew out her
+ purse, and gave him fifty cents. Phil took his fiddle under his arm, and,
+ following the servant, who now reappeared, emerged into the street, and
+ moved onward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER II
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL AND HIS PROTECTOR
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ To a certain extent Phil was his own master; that is, he was at liberty to
+ wander where he liked, provided he did not neglect his business, and
+ returned to the lodging-house at night with the required sum of money. But
+ woe to him if he were caught holding back any of the money for his own
+ use. In that case, he would be beaten, and sent to bed without his supper,
+ while the padrone, according to the terms of his contract with the distant
+ parent would withhold from the amount due the latter ten times the sum
+ kept by the boy. In the middle of the day he was allowed to spend three
+ cents for bread, which was the only dinner allowed him. Of course, the
+ boys were tempted to regale themselves more luxuriously, but they incurred
+ a great risk in doing so. Sometimes the padrone followed them secretly, or
+ employed others to do so, and so was able to detect them. Besides, they
+ traveled, in general, by twos and threes, and the system of espionage was
+ encouraged by the padrone. So mutual distrust was inspired, and the fear
+ of being reported made the boys honest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil left the house of Mr. Leigh in good spirits. Though he had earned
+ nothing before, the fifty cents he had just received made a good
+ beginning, and inspired in him the hope of getting together enough to save
+ him a beating, for one night at least.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He walked down toward Sixth Avenue, and turning the corner walked down
+ town. At length he paused in front of a tobacconist&rsquo;s shop, and began to
+ play. But he had chosen an unfortunate time and place. The tobacconist had
+ just discovered a deficiency in his money account, which he suspected to
+ be occasioned by the dishonesty of his assistant. In addition to this he
+ had risen with a headache, so that he was in a decidedly bad humor. Music
+ had no charms for him at that moment, and he no sooner heard the first
+ strains of Phil&rsquo;s violin than he rushed from the shop bareheaded, and
+ dashed impetuously at the young fiddler.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Get away from my shop, you little vagabond!&rdquo; he cried. &ldquo;If I had my way,
+ you should all be sent out of the country.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was quick to take a hint. He saw the menace in the shopkeeper&rsquo;s eyes,
+ and, stopping abruptly, ran farther down the street, hugging his fiddle,
+ which he was afraid the angry tobacconist might seize and break. This, to
+ him, would be an irreparable misfortune and subject him to a severe
+ punishment, though the fault would not be his.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Next he strolled into a side street, and began to play in front of some
+ dwelling-houses. Two or three young children, who had been playing in the
+ street, gathered about him, and one of them gave him a penny. They were
+ clamorous for another tune, but Phil could not afford to work for nothing,
+ and, seeing no prospects of additional pay, took his violin, and walked
+ away, much to the regret of his young auditors, who, though not rich, were
+ appreciative. They followed him to the end of the block, hoping that he
+ would play again, but they were disappointed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil played two or three times more, managing to obtain in all twenty-five
+ cents additional. He reached the corner of Thirteenth Street just as the
+ large public school, known as the Thirteenth Street School, was dismissed
+ for its noon intermission.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give us a tune, Johnny,&rdquo; cried Edward Eustis, one of the oldest boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, a tune,&rdquo; joined in several others.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This was an invitation to which Phil was always willing to respond.
+ Besides, he knew from experience that boys were more generous, in
+ proportion to their means, than those of larger growth, and he hoped to
+ get enough from the crowd around him to increase his store to a dollar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boys gathered around the little minstrel, who struck up an Italian
+ tune, but without the words.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sing, sing!&rdquo; cried the boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil began to sing. His clear, fresh voice produced a favorable impression
+ upon the boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s a bully singer,&rdquo; said one. &ldquo;I can&rsquo;t sing much better myself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You sing! Your singing would be enough to scare a dozen tom cats.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then we should be well matched. Look here, Johnny, can&rsquo;t you sing
+ something in English?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil, in response to this request, played and sang &ldquo;Shoo Fly!&rdquo; which
+ suiting the boys&rsquo; taste, he was called upon to repeat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The song being finished, Edward Eustis took off his cap, and went around
+ the circle.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, boys, you have a chance to show your liberality,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll
+ start the collection with five cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s ahead of me,&rdquo; said James Marcus. &ldquo;Justice to a large and expensive
+ family will prevent me contributing anything more than two cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The smallest favors thankfully received,&rdquo; said Edward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then take that, and be thankful,&rdquo; said Tom Lane, dropping in a penny.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t got any money,&rdquo; said Frank Gaylord, &ldquo;but here&rsquo;s an apple;&rdquo; and
+ he dropped a large red apple into the cap.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil; watching with interest the various contributions, was best pleased
+ with the last. The money he must carry to the padrone. The apple he might
+ keep for himself, and it would vary agreeably his usual meager fare.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The biggest contribution yet,&rdquo; said Edward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here, Sprague, you are liberal. What&rsquo;ll you give?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My note at ninety days.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You might fail before it comes due.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then take three cents. &lsquo;Tis all I have; &lsquo;I can no more, though poor the
+ offering be.&rsquo;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, don&rsquo;t quote Shakespeare.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t Shakespeare; it&rsquo;s Milton.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Just as much one as the other.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here, Johnny,&rdquo; said Edward, after going the rounds, &ldquo;hold your hands, and
+ I&rsquo;ll pour out the money. You can retire from business now on a fortune.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was accustomed to be addressed as Johnny, that being the generic name
+ for boy in New York. He deposited the money in his pocket, and, taking his
+ fiddle, played once more in acknowledgment of the donation. The boys now
+ dispersed, leaving Phil to go on his way. He took out the apple with the
+ intention of eating it, when a rude boy snatched it from his hand.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give it back,&rdquo; said Phil, angrily.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you wish you may get it?&rdquo; said the other, holding it out of his
+ reach.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young musician had little chance of redress, his antagonist was a head
+ taller than himself, and, besides, he would not have dared lay down his
+ fiddle to fight, lest it might be broken.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give it to me,&rdquo; he said, stamping his foot.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I mean to eat it myself,&rdquo; said the other, coolly. &ldquo;It&rsquo;s too good for the
+ likes of you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;re a thief.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you call me names, you little Italian ragamuffin, or I&rsquo;ll hit you,&rdquo;
+ said the other, menacingly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is my apple.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;m going to eat it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But the speaker was mistaken. As he held the apple above his head, it was
+ suddenly snatched from him. He looked around angrily, and confronted
+ Edward Eustis, who, seeing Phil&rsquo;s trouble from a little distance, had at
+ once come to his rescue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What did you do that for?&rdquo; demanded the thief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What did you take the boy&rsquo;s apple for?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Because I felt like it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I took it from you for the same reason.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you want to fight?&rdquo; blustered the rowdy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not particularly.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then hand me back that apple,&rdquo; returned the other.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you; I shall only hand it to the rightful owner&mdash;that little
+ Italian boy. Are you not ashamed to rob him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you want to get hit?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wouldn&rsquo;t advise you to do it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The rowdy looked at the boy who confronted him. Edward was slightly
+ smaller, but there was a determined look in his eye which the bully, who,
+ like those of his class generally, was a coward at heart, did not like. He
+ mentally decided that it would be safer not to provoke him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come here, Johnny, and take your apple,&rdquo; said Edward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil advanced, and received back his property with satisfaction.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;d better eat it now. I&rsquo;ll see that he doesn&rsquo;t disturb you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil followed the advice of his new friend promptly. He had eaten nothing
+ since seven o&rsquo;clock, and then only a piece of dry bread and cheese, and
+ the apple, a rare luxury, he did not fail to relish. His would-be robber
+ scowled at him meanwhile, for he had promised himself the pleasure of
+ dispatching the fruit. Edward stood by till the apple was eaten, and then
+ turned away. The rowdy made a movement as if to follow Phil, but Edward
+ quickly detected him, and came back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you dare touch him,&rdquo; he said, significantly, &ldquo;or you&rsquo;ll have to
+ settle accounts with me. Do you see that policeman? I am going to ask him
+ to have an eye on you. You&rsquo;d better look out for yourself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The other turned at the caution, and seeing the approach of one of the
+ Metropolitan police quickly vanished. He had a wholesome fear of these
+ guardians of the public peace, and did not care to court their attention.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Edward turned away, but in a moment felt a hand tugging at his coat.
+ Looking around, he saw that it was Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Grazia, signore,&rdquo; said Phil, gratefully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I suppose that means &lsquo;Thank you&rsquo;?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil nodded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All right, Johnny! I am glad I was by to save you from that bully.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER III
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ GIACOMO
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ After eating the apple Phil decided to buy his frugal dinner. He,
+ therefore, went into a baker&rsquo;s shop, and bought two penny rolls and a
+ piece of cheese. It was not a very luxurious repast, but with the apple it
+ was better than usual. A few steps from the shop door he met another
+ Italian boy, who was bound to the same padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much money have you, Giacomo?&rdquo; asked Phil, speaking, of course, in
+ his native tongue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Forty cents. How much have you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A dollar and twenty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are very lucky, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A rich signora gave me fifty cents for playing to her sick boy. Then I
+ sang for some schoolboys, and they gave me some money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am afraid the padrone will beat me to-night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He has not beat me for a week.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you had dinner, Filippo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, I had some bread and cheese, and an apple.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you buy the apple?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; one of the schoolboys gave it to me. It was very good,&rdquo; said Phil, in
+ a tone of enjoyment. &ldquo;I had not eaten one for a long time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Nor I. Do you remember, Filippo, the oranges we had in Italy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I remember them well.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was happy then,&rdquo; said Giacomo, sighing. &ldquo;There was no padrone to beat
+ me, and I could run about and play. Now I have to sing and play all day. I
+ am so tired sometimes,&mdash;so tired, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are not so strong as I, Giacomo,&rdquo; said Phil, looking with some
+ complacency at his own stout limbs.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you get tired, Filippo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, often; but I don&rsquo;t care so much for that. But I don&rsquo;t like the
+ winter.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought I should die with cold sometimes last winter,&rdquo; said Giacomo,
+ shuddering. &ldquo;Do you ever expect to go back to Italy, Filippo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometime.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish I could go now. I should like to see my dear mother and my
+ sisters.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And your father?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want to see him,&rdquo; said Giacomo, bitterly. &ldquo;He sold me to the
+ padrone. My mother wept bitterly when I went away, but my father only
+ thought of the money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Filippo and Giacomo were from the same town in Calabria. They were the
+ sons of Italian peasants who had been unable to resist the offers of the
+ padrone, and for less than a hundred dollars each had sold his son into
+ the cruelest slavery. The boys were torn from their native hills, from
+ their families, and in a foreign land were doomed to walk the streets from
+ fourteen to sixteen hours in every twenty-four, gathering money from which
+ they received small benefit. Many times, as they trudged through the
+ streets, weary and hungry, sometimes cold, they thought with homesick
+ sadness of the sunny fields in which their earliest years had been passed,
+ but the hard realities of the life they were now leading soon demanded
+ their attention.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Naturally light-hearted, Filippo, or Phil, bore his hard lot more
+ cheerfully than some of his comrades. But Giacomo was more delicate, and
+ less able to bear want and fatigue. His livelier comrade cheered him up,
+ and Giacomo always felt better after talking with Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As the two boys were walking together, a heavy hand was laid on the
+ shoulder of each, and a harsh voice said: &ldquo;Is this the way you waste your
+ time, little rascals?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Both boys started, and looking up, recognized the padrone. He was a short
+ man, very dark with fierce black eyes and a sinister countenance. It was
+ his habit to walk about the streets from time to time, and keep a watch,
+ unobserved, upon his young apprentices, if they may be so called. If he
+ found them loitering about, or neglecting their work, they were liable to
+ receive a sharp reminder.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boys were both startled at his sudden appearance, but after the first
+ start, Phil, who was naturally courageous, recovered his self-possession.
+ Not so with Giacomo, who was the more afraid because he knew he had gained
+ but little money thus far.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We are not wasting our time, padrone,&rdquo; said Phil, looking up fearlessly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We will see about that. How long have you been together?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Only five minutes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much money have you, Filippo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A dollar and twenty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good; you have done well. And how is it with you, Giacomo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have forty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you have been idle,&rdquo; said the padrone, frowning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore,&rdquo; said the boy, trembling. &ldquo;I have played, but they did not
+ give me much money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is not his fault,&rdquo; said Phil, coming boldly to the defense of his
+ friend.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Attend to your own affairs, little scrape-grace,&rdquo; said the padrone,
+ roughly. &ldquo;He might have got as much as you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, padrone; I was lucky. A kind lady gave me fifty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is not my affair. I don&rsquo;t care where you get the money. But if you
+ don&rsquo;t bring home all I expect, you shall feel the stick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ These last words were addressed to Giacomo, who understood their import
+ only too well. In the miserable lodging where he herded with thirty or
+ forty others scarcely a night passed without the brutal punishment of one
+ or more unfortunate boys, who had been unsuccessful in bringing home
+ enough to satisfy the rapacity of the padrone. But of this an account will
+ hereafter be given.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, go to work, both of you,&rdquo; said the padrone, harshly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The two boys separated. Giacomo went uptown, while Phil kept on his way
+ toward the Astor House. The padrone made his way to the nearest liquor
+ shop, where he invested a portion of the money wrung from the hard
+ earnings of his young apprentices.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Toward the close of the afternoon Phil found himself in front of the Astor
+ House. He had played several times, but was not fortunate in finding
+ liberal auditors. He had secured but ten cents during this time, and it
+ seemed doubtful whether he would reach the sum he wanted. He crossed over
+ to the City Hall Park, and, feeling tired, sat down on one of the benches.
+ Two bootblacks were already seated upon it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Play us a tune, Johnny,&rdquo; said one.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you give me pennies?&rdquo; asked Phil doubtfully, for he did not care,
+ with such a severe taskmaster, to work for nothing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, we&rsquo;ll give you pennies.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Upon this, Phil struck up a tune.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where&rsquo;s your monkey?&rdquo; asked one of the boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have no monkey.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you want a monkey, here&rsquo;s one for you,&rdquo; said Tim Rafferty, putting his
+ hand on his companion&rsquo;s shoulder.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s too big,&rdquo; said Phil, laughing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hould yer gab, Tim Rafferty,&rdquo; said the other. &ldquo;It&rsquo;s you that&rsquo;ll make a
+ better monkey nor I. Say, Johnny, do you pay your monkeys well?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give me my pennies,&rdquo; said Phil, with an eye to business.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Play another tune, then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil obeyed directions. When he had finished, a contribution was taken up,
+ but it only amounted to seven cents. However, considering the character of
+ the audience, this was as much as could be expected.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much have you made to-day, Johnny?&rdquo; asked Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A dollar,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A dollar! That&rsquo;s more nor I have made. I tell you what, boys, I think
+ I&rsquo;ll buy a fiddle myself. I&rsquo;ll make more money that way than blackin&rsquo;
+ boots.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A great fiddler you&rsquo;d make, Tim Rafferty.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can&rsquo;t I play, then? Lend me your fiddle, Johnny, till I try it a little.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shook his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give it to me now; I won&rsquo;t be hurtin&rsquo; it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ll break it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I&rsquo;ll pay for it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t mine.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Whose is it, then?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone&rsquo;s.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And who&rsquo;s the padrone?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The man I live with. If the fiddle is broken, he will beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then he&rsquo;s an ould haythen, and you may tell him so, with Tim Rafferty&rsquo;s
+ compliments. But I won&rsquo;t hurt it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil, however, feared to trust the violin in unskillful hands. He knew the
+ penalty if any harm befell it, and he had no mind to run the risk. So he
+ rose from the seat, and withdrew to a little distance, Tim Rafferty
+ following, for, though he cared little at first, he now felt determined to
+ try the fiddle.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you don&rsquo;t give it to me I&rsquo;ll put a head on you,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You shall not have it,&rdquo; said Phil, firmly, for he, too, could be
+ determined.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The little chap&rsquo;s showing fight,&rdquo; said Tim&rsquo;s companion. &ldquo;Look out, Tim;
+ he&rsquo;ll mash you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can fight him wid one hand,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He advanced upon our young hero, who, being much smaller, would probably
+ have been compelled to yield to superior force but for an interference
+ entirely unexpected by Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER IV
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ AN INVITATION TO SUPPER
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Tim had raised his fist to strike the young fiddler, when he was suddenly
+ pushed aside with considerable force, and came near measuring his length
+ on the ground.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who did that?&rdquo; he cried, angrily, recovering his equilibrium.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I did it,&rdquo; said a calm voice.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Tim recognized in the speaker Paul Hoffman, whom some of my readers will
+ remember as &ldquo;Paul the Peddler.&rdquo; Paul was proprietor of a necktie stand
+ below the Astor House, and was just returning home to supper.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was a brave and manly boy, and his sympathies were always in favor of
+ the oppressed. He had met Phil before, and talked with him, and seeing him
+ in danger came to his assistance.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What made you push me?&rdquo; demanded Tim, fiercely.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What were you going to do to him?&rdquo; rejoined Paul, indicating the Italian
+ boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was only goin&rsquo; to borrer his fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He would have broken it,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You don&rsquo;t know how to play,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;You would have broken his
+ fiddle, and then he would be beaten.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would pay for it if I did,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You say so, but you wouldn&rsquo;t. Even if you did, it would take time, and
+ the boy would have suffered.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What business is that of yours?&rdquo; demanded Tim, angrily.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is always my business when I see a big boy teasing a little one.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get hurt some day,&rdquo; said Tim, suddenly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not by you,&rdquo; returned Paul, not particularly alarmed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Tim would have gladly have punished Paul on the spot for his interference,
+ but he did not consider it prudent to provoke hostilities. Paul was as
+ tall as himself, and considerably stronger. He therefore wisely confined
+ himself to threatening words.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come along with me, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, kindly, to the little fiddler.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you for saving me,&rdquo; said Phil, gratefully. &ldquo;The padrone would beat
+ me if the fiddle was broke.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Never mind about thanks, Phil. Tim is a bully with small boys, but he is
+ a coward among large ones. Have you had any supper?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Won&rsquo;t you come home and take supper with me?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil hesitated.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are kind,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;but I fear the padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What will he do to you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He will beat me if I don&rsquo;t bring home enough money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much more must you get?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sixty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can play better after a good supper. Come along; I won&rsquo;t keep you
+ long.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil made no more objection. He was a healthy boy, and his wanderings had
+ given him a good appetite. So he thanked Paul, and walked along by his
+ side. One object Paul had in inviting him was, the fear that Tim Rafferty
+ might take advantage of his absence to renew his assault upon Phil, and
+ with better success than before.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How old are you, Phil?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Twelve years.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And who taught you to play?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No one. I heard the other boys play, and so I learned.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you like it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometimes; but I get tired of it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t wonder. I should think playing day after day might tire you. What
+ are you going to do when you become a man?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I think I&rsquo;ll go back to Italy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you any relations there?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have a mother and two sisters.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And a father?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, a father.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why did they let you come away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone gave my father money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you hear anything from home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not a signore,&rdquo; said Paul, smiling. &ldquo;You may call me Paul. Is that
+ an Italian name?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Me call it Paolo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That sounds queer to me. What&rsquo;s James in Italian?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I have a little brother Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How old is he?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Eight years old.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My sister Bettina is eight years. I wish I could see her.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You will see her again some day, Phil. You will get rich in America, and
+ go back to sunny Italy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone takes all my money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get away from the old rascal some day. Keep up good courage, Phil,
+ and all will come right. But here we are. Follow me upstairs, and I will
+ introduce you to my mother and Giacomo,&rdquo; said Paul, laughing at the
+ Italian name he had given his little brother.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mrs. Hoffman and Jimmy looked with some surprise at the little fiddler as
+ he entered with Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mother,&rdquo; said Paul, &ldquo;this is one of my friends, whom I have invited to
+ take supper with us.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is welcome,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman, kindly. &ldquo;Have you ever spoken to us of
+ him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not sure. His name is Phil&mdash;Phil the fiddler, we call him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo,&rdquo; said the young musician.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We will call you Phil; it is easier to speak,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;This is my
+ little brother Jimmy. He is a great artist.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now you are laughing at me, Paul,&rdquo; said the little boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, he is going to be a great artist some day, if he isn&rsquo;t one yet. Do
+ you think, Jimmy, you could draw Phil, here, with his fiddle?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think I could,&rdquo; said the little boy, slowly, looking carefully at their
+ young guest; &ldquo;but it would take some time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Perhaps Phil will come some day, and give you a sitting.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you come?&rdquo; asked Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will come some day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile Mrs. Hoffman was preparing supper. Since Paul had become
+ proprietor of the necktie stand, as described in the last volume, they
+ were able to live with less regard to economy than before. So, when the
+ table was spread, it presented quite a tempting appearance. Beefsteak,
+ rolls, fried potatoes, coffee, and preserves graced the board.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Supper is ready, Paul,&rdquo; said his mother, when all was finished.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here, Phil, you may sit here at my right hand,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;I will put
+ your violin where it will not be injured.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil sat down as directed, not without feeling a little awkward, yet with
+ a sense of anticipated pleasure. Accustomed to bread and cheese alone, the
+ modest repast before him seemed like a royal feast. The meat especially
+ attracted him, for he had not tasted any for months, indeed seldom in his
+ life, for in Italy it is seldom eaten by the class to which Phil&rsquo;s parents
+ belonged.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Let me give you some meat, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;Now, shall we drink the
+ health of the padrone in coffee?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will not drink his health,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;He is a bad man.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is the padrone?&rdquo; asked Jimmy, curiously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is my master. He sends me out to play for money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And must you give all the money you make to him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; if I do not bring much money, he will beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then he must be a bad man. Why do you live with him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He bought me from my father.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He bought you?&rdquo; repeated Jimmy, puzzled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He hires him for so much money,&rdquo; explained Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But why did your father let you go with a bad man?&rdquo; asked Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He wanted the money,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;He cared more for money than for me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ What wonder that the boys sold into such cruel slavery should be estranged
+ from the fathers who for a few paltry ducats sell the liberty and
+ happiness of their children. Even where the contract is for a limited
+ terms of years, the boys in five cases out of ten are not returned at the
+ appointed time. A part, unable to bear the hardships and privations of the
+ life upon which they enter, are swept off by death, while of those that
+ survive, a part are weaned from their homes, or are not permitted to go
+ back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You must not ask too many questions, Jimmy.&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman, fearing
+ that he might awaken sad thoughts in the little musician.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She was glad to see that Phil ate with a good appetite. In truth he
+ relished the supper, which was the best he remembered to have tasted for
+ many a long day.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is Italy like America?&rdquo; asked Jimmy, whose curiosity was excited to learn
+ something of Phil&rsquo;s birthplace.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is much nicer,&rdquo; said Phil, with a natural love of country. &ldquo;There are
+ olive trees and orange trees, and grapes&mdash;very many.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are there really orange trees? Have you seen them grow?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have picked them from the trees many times.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like that, but I don&rsquo;t care for olives.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They are good, too.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like the grapes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There are other things in Italy which you would like better, Jimmy,&rdquo; said
+ Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you mean, Paul?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The galleries of fine paintings.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, I should like to see them. Have you seen them?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shook his head. The picture galleries are in the cities, and not in
+ the country district where he was born.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometime, when I am rich, we will all go to Italy, Jimmy; then, if Phil
+ is at home, we will go and see him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like that, Paul.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Though Jimmy was not yet eight years old, he had already exhibited a
+ remarkable taste for drawing, and without having received any instruction,
+ could copy any ordinary picture with great exactness. It was the little
+ boy&rsquo;s ambition to become an artist, and in this ambition he was encouraged
+ by Paul, who intended, as soon as he could afford it, to engage an
+ instructor for Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER V
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ ON THE FERRY BOAT
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ When supper was over, Phil bethought himself that his day&rsquo;s work was not
+ yet over. He had still a considerable sum to obtain before he dared go
+ home, if such a name can be given to the miserable tenement in Crosby
+ Street where he herded with his companions. But before going he wished to
+ show his gratitude to Paul for his protection and the supper which he had
+ so much and so unexpectedly enjoyed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shall I play for you?&rdquo; he asked, taking his violin from the top of the
+ bureau, where Paul had placed it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you?&rdquo; asked Jimmy, his eyes lighting up with pleasure.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We should be very glad to hear you,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil played his best, for he felt that he was playing for friends. After a
+ short prelude, he struck into an Italian song. Though the words were
+ unintelligible, the little party enjoyed the song.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Bravo, Phil!&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;You sing almost as well as I do.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Jimmy laughed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You sing about as well as you draw,&rdquo; said the little boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There you go again with your envy and jealousy,&rdquo; said Paul, in an injured
+ tone. &ldquo;Others appreciate me better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sing something, and we will judge of your merits,&rdquo; said his mother.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not now,&rdquo; said Paul, shaking his head. &ldquo;My feelings are too deeply
+ injured. But if he has time, Phil will favor us with another song.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So the little fiddler once more touched the strings of his violin, and
+ sang the hymn of Garibaldi.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He has a beautiful voice,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman to Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Phil sings much better than most of his class. Shall I bring him up
+ here again?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Any time, Paul. We shall always be glad to see him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Here Phil took his cap and prepared to depart.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-by,&rdquo; he said in English. &ldquo;I thank you all for your kindness.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you come again?&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman. &ldquo;We shall be glad to have you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do come,&rdquo; pleaded Jimmy, who had taken a fancy to the dark-eyed Italian
+ boy, whose brilliant brown complexion contrasted strongly with his own
+ pale face and blue eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ These words gave Phil a strange pleasure. Since his arrival in America he
+ had become accustomed to harsh words and blows; but words of kindness were
+ strangers to his ears. For an hour he forgot the street and his uninviting
+ home, and felt himself surrounded by a true home atmosphere. He almost
+ fancied himself in his Calabrian home, with his mother and sisters about
+ him&mdash;in his home as it was before cupidity entered his father&rsquo;s heart
+ and impelled him to sell his own flesh and blood into slavery in a foreign
+ land. Phil could not analyze his own emotions, but these were the feelings
+ which rose in his heart, and filed it with transient sadness.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thank you much,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I will come again some day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come soon, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;You know where my necktie stand is. Come
+ there any afternoon between four and five, and I will take you home to
+ supper. Do you know the way out, or shall I go with you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know the way,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He went downstairs and once more found himself on the sidewalk. It was but
+ six o&rsquo;clock, and five or six hours were still before him before he could
+ feel at liberty to go home. Should he return too early, he would be
+ punished for losing the possible gains of the hour he had lost, even if
+ the sum he brought home were otherwise satisfactory. So, whatever may be
+ his fatigue, or however inclement the weather, the poor Italian boy is
+ compelled to stay out till near midnight, before he is permitted to return
+ to the hard pallet on which only he can sleep off his fatigues.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Again in the street, Phil felt that he must make up for lost time. Now six
+ o&rsquo;clock is not a very favorable time for street music; citizens who do
+ business downtown have mostly gone home to dinner. Those who have not
+ started are in haste, and little disposed to heed the appeal of the young
+ minstrel. Later the saloons will be well frequented, and not seldom the
+ young fiddlers may pick up a few, sometimes a considerable number of
+ pennies, by playing at the doors of these places, or within, if they
+ should be invited to enter; but at six there is not much to be done.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After a little reflection, Phil determined to go down to Fulton Ferry and
+ got on board the Brooklyn steamboat. He might get a chance to play to the
+ passengers, and some, no doubt, would give him something. At any rate, the
+ investment would be small, since for one fare, or two cents, he might ride
+ back and forward several times, as long as he did not step off the boat.
+ He, therefore, directed his steps toward the ferry, and arrived just in
+ time to go on board the boat.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boat was very full. So large a number of the people in Brooklyn are
+ drawn to New York by business and pleasure, that the boats, particularly
+ in the morning from seven to nine, and in the afternoon, from five to
+ seven, go loaded down with foot passengers and carriages.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil entered the ladies&rsquo; cabin. Though ostensibly confined to ladies&rsquo; use,
+ it was largely occupied also by gentlemen who did not enjoy the smoke
+ which usually affects disagreeably the atmosphere of the cabin
+ appropriated to their own sex. Our young musician knew that to children
+ the hearts and purses of ladies are more likely to open than those of
+ gentlemen, and this guided him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Entering, he found every seat taken. He waited till the boat had started,
+ and then, taking his position in the center of the rear cabin, he began to
+ play and sing, fixing at once the attention of the passengers upon
+ himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That boy&rsquo;s a nuisance; he ought not to be allowed to play on the boat,&rdquo;
+ muttered an old gentleman, looking up from the columns of the Evening
+ Post.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, papa,&rdquo; said a young lady at his side, &ldquo;why need you object to the
+ poor boy? I am sure he sings very nicely. I like to hear him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You know, papa, you have no taste for music. Why, you went to sleep at
+ the opera the other evening.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I tried to,&rdquo; said her father, in whom musical taste had a very limited
+ development. &ldquo;It was all nonsense to me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is singing the Hymn of Garibaldi. What a sweet voice he has! Such a
+ handsome little fellow, too!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He has a dirty face, and his clothes are quite ragged.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But he has beautiful eyes; see how brilliant they are. No wonder he is
+ dirty and ragged; it isn&rsquo;t his fault, poor boy. I have no doubt he has a
+ miserable home. I&rsquo;m going to give him something.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Just as you like, Florence; as I am not a romantic young damsel, I shall
+ not follow your example.&rdquo;&rsquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By this time the song was finished, and Phil, taking off his cap, went the
+ rounds. None of the contributions were larger than five cents, until he
+ came to the young lady of whom we have spoken above. She drew a
+ twenty-five-cent piece from her portemonnaie, and put it into Phil&rsquo;s hand,
+ with a gracious smile, which pleased the young fiddler as much as the
+ gift, welcome though that undoubtedly was.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you, lady,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You sing very nicely,&rdquo; she replied.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil smiled, and dirty though his face was, the smile lighted it up with
+ rare beauty.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you often come on these boats?&rdquo; asked the young lady.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometimes, but they do not always let me play,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope I shall hear you again. You have a good voice.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you, signorina.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can speak English. I tried to speak with one of you the other day,
+ but he could only speak Italian.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know a few words, signorina.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope I shall see you again,&rdquo; and the young lady, prompted by a natural
+ impulse of kindness, held out her hand to the little musician. He took it
+ respectfully, and bending over, touched it with his lips.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young lady, to whom this was quite unexpected, smiled and blushed, by
+ no means offended, but she glanced round her to see whether it was
+ observed by others.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Upon my word, Florence,&rdquo; said her father, as Phil moved away, &ldquo;you have
+ got up quite a scene with this little ragged musician. I am rather glad he
+ is not ten or twelve years older, or there might be a romantic elopement.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, papa, you are too bad,&rdquo; said Florence. &ldquo;Just because I choose to be
+ kind to a poor, neglected child, you fancy all sorts of improbable
+ things.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know where you get all your foolish romance from&mdash;not from
+ me, I am sure.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should think not,&rdquo; said Florence, laughing merrily. &ldquo;Your worst enemy
+ won&rsquo;t charge you with being romantic, papa.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope not,&rdquo; said her father, shrugging his shoulders. &ldquo;But the boat has
+ touched the pier. Shall we go on shore, or have you any further business
+ with your young Italian friend?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not to-day, papa.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The passengers vacated the boat, and were replaced by a smaller number, on
+ their way from Brooklyn to New York.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VI
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE BARROOM
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Phil did not leave the boat. He lingered in the cabin until the passengers
+ were seated, and after the boat was again under way began to play. This
+ time, however, he was not as fortunate as before. While in the midst of a
+ tune one of the men employed on the boat entered the cabin. At times he
+ would not have interfered with him, but he happened to be in ill humor,
+ and this proved unfortunate for Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Stop your noise, boy,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked up.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;May I not play?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; nobody wants to hear you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young fiddler did not dare to disobey. He saw that for the present his
+ gains were at an end. However, he had enough to satisfy the rapacity of
+ the padrone, and could afford to stop. He took a seat, and waited quietly
+ till the boat landed. One of the lady passengers, as she passed him on her
+ way out of the cabin, placed ten cents in his hand. This led him to count
+ up his gains. He found they amounted to precisely two dollars and fifty
+ cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I need not play any more,&rdquo; he thought. &ldquo;I shall not be beaten to-night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He found his seat so comfortable, especially after wandering about the
+ streets all day, that he remained on the boat for two more trips. Then,
+ taking his violin under his arm, he went out on the pier.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was half-past seven o&rsquo;clock. He would like to have gone to his lodging,
+ but knew that it would not be permitted. In this respect the Italian
+ fiddler is not as well off as those who ply other street trades. Newsboys
+ and bootblacks are their own masters, and, whether their earnings are
+ little or great, reap the benefit of them themselves. They can stop work
+ at six if they like, or earlier; but the little Italian musician must
+ remain in the street till near midnight, and then, after a long and
+ fatiguing day, he is liable to be beaten and sent to bed without his
+ supper, unless he brings home a satisfactory sum of money.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil walked about here and there in the lower part of the city. As he was
+ passing a barroom he was called in by the barkeeper.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give us a tune, boy,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was a low barroom, frequented by sailors and a rough set of customers
+ of similar character. The red face of the barkeeper showed that he drank
+ very liberally, and the atmosphere was filled with the fumes of bad cigars
+ and bad liquor. The men were ready for a good time, as they called it, and
+ it was at the suggestion of one of them that Phil had been invited in.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Play a tune on your fiddle, you little ragamuffin,&rdquo; said one.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil cared little how he was addressed. He was at the service of the
+ public, and what he chiefly cared for was that he be paid for his
+ services.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What shall I play?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Anything,&rdquo; hiccoughed one. &ldquo;It&rsquo;s all the same to me. I don&rsquo;t know one
+ tune from another.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young fiddler played one of the popular airs of the day. He did not
+ undertake to sing, for the atmosphere was so bad that he could hardly
+ avoid coughing. He was anxious to get out into the street, but he did not
+ wish to refuse playing. When he had finished his tune, one of those
+ present, a sailor, cried, &ldquo;That&rsquo;s good. Step up, boys, and have a drink.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The invitation was readily accepted by all except Phil. Noticing that the
+ boy kept his place, the sailor said, &ldquo;Step up, boy, and wet your whistle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil liked the weak wines of his native land, but he did not care for the
+ poisonous decoctions of be found in such places.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not thirsty,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, you are; here, give this boy a glass of brandy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not want it,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You won&rsquo;t drink with us,&rdquo; exclaimed the sailor, who had then enough to be
+ quarrelsome. &ldquo;Then I&rsquo;ll make you;&rdquo; and he brought down his fist so heavily
+ upon the counter as to make the glasses rattle. &ldquo;Then I&rsquo;ll make you. Here,
+ give me a glass, and I&rsquo;ll pour it down his throat.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The fiddler was frightened at his vehemence, and darted to the door. But
+ the sailor was too quick for him. Overtaking Phil, he dragged him back
+ with a rough grasp, and held out his hand for the glass. But an unexpected
+ friend now turned up.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, let the boy go, Jack,&rdquo; said a fellow sailor. &ldquo;If he don&rsquo;t want to
+ drink, don&rsquo;t force him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But his persecutor was made ugly by his potations, and swore that Phil
+ should drink before he left the barroom.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That he shall not,&rdquo; said his new friend.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is to prevent it?&rdquo; demanded Jack, fiercely.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I&rsquo;ll pour a glass down your throat, too,&rdquo; returned Jack, menacingly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No need of that. I am ready enough to drink. But the boy shan&rsquo;t drink, if
+ he don&rsquo;t want to.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He shall!&rdquo; retorted the first sailor, with an oath.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Still holding Phil by the shoulder with one hand, with the other he took a
+ glass which had just been filled with brandy; he was about to pour it down
+ his throat, when the glass was suddenly dashed from his hand and broke
+ upon the floor.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ With a fresh oath Jack released his hold on Phil, and, maddened with rage,
+ threw himself upon the other. Instantly there was a general melee. Phil
+ did not wait to see the result. He ran to the door, and, emerging into the
+ street, ran away till he had placed a considerable distance between
+ himself and the disorderly and drunken party in the barroom. The fight
+ there continued until the police, attracted by the noise, forced an
+ entrance and carried away the whole party to the station-house, where they
+ had a chance to sleep off their potations.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Freed from immediate danger, the young fiddler kept on his way. He had
+ witnessed such scenes before, as he had often been into barrooms to play
+ in the evening. He had not been paid for his trouble, but he cared little
+ for that, as the money would have done him no good. He would only have
+ been compelled to pass it over to the padrone. These boys, even at a
+ tender age, are necessarily made familiar with the darker side of
+ metropolitan life. Vice and crime are displayed before their young eyes,
+ and if they do not themselves become vicious, it is not for the want of
+ knowledge and example.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It would be tedious to follow Phil in his wanderings. We have already had
+ a glimpse of the manner in which the days passed with him; only it is to
+ be said that this was a favorable specimen. He had been more fortunate in
+ collecting money than usual. Besides, he had had a better dinner than
+ usual, thanks to the apple, and a supper such as he had not tasted for
+ months.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ About ten o&rsquo;clock, as he was walking on the Bowery, he met Giacomo, his
+ companion of the morning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The little boy was dragging one foot after the other wearily. There was a
+ sad look on his young face, for he had not been successful, and he knew
+ too well how he would be received by the padrone. Yet his face lighted up
+ as he saw Phil. Often before Phil had encouraged him when he was
+ despondent. He looked upon our young hero as his only friend; for there
+ was no other of the boys who seemed to care for him or able to help him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is it you, Filippo?&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Giacomo. What luck have you had?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not much. I have only a little more than a dollar. I am so tired; but I
+ don&rsquo;t dare go back. The padrone will beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ An idea came to Phil. He did not know how much money he had; but he was
+ sure it must be considerably more than two dollars, Why should he not give
+ some to his friend to make up his deficiencies, and so perhaps save him
+ from punishment?
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have had better luck,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I have almost three dollars.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are always luckier than I, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am stronger, Giacomo. It does not tire me so much to walk about.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can sing, too. I cannot sing very much, and I do not get so much
+ money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tell me just how much money you have, Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have a dollar and thirty cents,&rdquo; said Giacomo, after counting the
+ contents of his pockets.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile Phil had been doing the same thing. The result of his count was
+ that he found he had two dollars and eighty cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Listen, Giacomo,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I will give you enough to make two dollars.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But then you will be beaten.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; I shall have two dollars and five cents left. Then neither of us will
+ get beaten.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How kind you are, Filippo!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, it is nothing. Besides, I do not want to carry too much, or the
+ padrone will expect me to bring as much every day, and that I cannot do.
+ So it will be better for us both.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The transfer was quickly made, and the two boys kept together until they
+ heard the clock strike eleven. It was now so late that they determined to
+ return to their miserable lodging, for both were tired and longed for
+ sleep.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE HOME OF THE BOYS
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ It was a quarter-past eleven when Phil and Giacomo entered the shabby
+ brick house which they called home, for want of a better. From fifteen to
+ twenty of their companions had already arrived, and the padrone was
+ occupied in receiving their several contributions. The apartment was a
+ mean one, miserably furnished, but seemed befitting the principal
+ occupant, whose dark face was marked by an expression of greed, and
+ alternately showed satisfaction or disappointment as the contents of the
+ boys&rsquo; pockets were satisfactory or otherwise. Those who had done badly
+ were set apart for punishment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He looked up as the two boys entered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Filippo,&rdquo; he said, harshly, &ldquo;how much have you got?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil handed over his earnings. They were up to the required limit, but the
+ padrone looked only half satisfied.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is that all you have?&rdquo; he asked, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is all, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You have not done well this afternoon, then. When I met you at twelve
+ o&rsquo;clock you had more than a dollar.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was because a good signora gave me fifty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone, still suspicious, plunging his hands into Phil&rsquo;s pockets, but
+ in vain. He could not find another penny.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Take off your shoes and stockings,&rdquo; he said, still unsatisfied.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil obediently removed his shoes and stockings, but no money was found
+ concealed, as the padrone half suspected. Sometimes these poor boys, beset
+ by a natural temptation, secrete a portion of their daily earnings.
+ Whenever they are detected, woe betide them. The padrone makes an example
+ of them, inflicting a cruel punishment, in order to deter other boys from
+ imitating them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Having discovered nothing, he took Phil&rsquo;s violin, and proceeded to
+ Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now for you,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo handed over his money. The padrone was surprised in turn, but his
+ surprise was of a different nature. He had expected to find him deficient,
+ knowing that he was less enterprising than Phil. He was glad to get more
+ money than he expected, but a little disappointed that he had no good
+ excuse for beating him; for he had one of those hard, cruel natures that
+ delight in inflicting pain and anguish upon others.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Take care that you do as well to-morrow,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;Go and get your
+ supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One of the larger boys was distributing bread and cheese to the hungry
+ boys. Nearly all ate as if famished, plain and uninviting as was the
+ supper, for they had been many hours without food. But Phil, who, as we
+ know, had eaten a good supper at Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s, felt very little
+ appetite. He slyly gave his bread to one of the boys, who, on account of
+ the small sum he brought home, had been sentenced to go without. But the
+ sharp eyes of the padrone, which, despite his occupation, managed to see
+ all that was going on, detected this action, and he became suspicious that
+ Phil had bought supper out of his earnings.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why did you give your bread to Giuseppe?&rdquo; he demanded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Because I was not hungry,&rdquo; answered Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why were you not hungry? Did you buy some supper?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you should be hungry.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A kind lady gave me some supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How did it happen?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I knew her son. His name is Paolo. He asked me to go home with him. Then
+ he gave me a good supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How long were you there? You might have been playing and brought me some
+ more money,&rdquo; said the padrone, who, with characteristic meanness, grudged
+ the young fiddler time to eat the meal that cost him nothing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was not long, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can eat what is given you, but you must not waste too much time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A boy entered next, who showed by his hesitating manner that he did not
+ anticipate a good reception. The padrone, accustomed to judge by
+ appearances, instantly divined this.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Ludovico,&rdquo; he said, sharply, &ldquo;what do you bring me?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Pardon, padrone,&rdquo; said Ludovico, producing a small sum of money.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I could not help it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Seventy-five cents,&rdquo; repeated the padrone, indignantly. &ldquo;You have been
+ idle, you little wretch!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, padrone. Indeed, I did my best. The people would not give me money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where did you go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was in Brooklyn.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You have spent some of the money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You have been idle, then. No supper to-night. Pietro, my stick!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was one of the older boys. He was ugly physically, and his
+ disposition corresponded with his appearance. He could have few good
+ traits, or he would not have possessed the confidence of the padrone. He
+ was an efficient assistant of the latter, and co-operated with him in
+ oppressing the other boys. Indeed, he was a nephew of the padrone&rsquo;s, and
+ for this reason, as well as his similarity of disposition, he was treated
+ with unusual indulgence. Whenever the padrone felt suspicious of any of
+ the boys, he usually sent them out in company with Pietro, who acted as a
+ spy, faithfully reporting all that happened to his principal.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro responded with alacrity to the command of the padrone, and produced
+ a stout stick, which he handed to his uncle.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now strip off your jacket,&rdquo; said the padrone, harshly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Spare me, padrone! Do not beat me! It was not my fault,&rdquo; said the unhappy
+ Ludovico, imploringly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Take off your jacket!&rdquo; repeated the padrone, pitilessly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One look of that hard face might have taught Ludovico, even if he had not
+ witnessed the punishment so often inflicted on other boys, that there was
+ no hope for him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Help him, Pietro,&rdquo; said the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro seized Ludovico&rsquo;s jacket, and pulled it off roughly. Then he drew
+ off the ragged shirt which the boy wore underneath, and his bare back was
+ exposed to view.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hold him, Pietro!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In Pietro&rsquo;s firm grasp, the boy was unable to stir. The padrone whirled
+ the stick aloft, and brought it down upon the naked flesh, leaving behind
+ a fearful wheal.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Ludovico shrieked aloud, and again implored mercy, but in vain, for the
+ stick descended again and again.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile the other boys looked on, helpless to interfere. The more
+ selfish were glad that they had escaped, though not at all sure but it
+ would be their turn next evening. There were others who felt a passive
+ sympathy for their unlucky comrade. Others were filled with indignation at
+ the padrone, knowing how cruel and unjust were his exactions. Among these
+ was Phil. Possessed of a warm and sympathetic heart, he never witnessed
+ these cruel punishments without feeling that he would like to see the
+ padrone suffering such pain as he inflicted upon others.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If I were only a man,&rdquo; he often thought, &ldquo;I would wrench the stick from
+ his hand, and give him a chance to feel it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But he knew too well the danger of permitting his real sentiments to be
+ reflected in his face. It would only bring upon him a share of the same
+ punishment, without benefiting those who were unfortunate enough to
+ receive it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Ludovico&rsquo;s punishment was ended, he was permitted to go to bed, but
+ without his supper. Nor was his the only case. Five other boys were
+ subjected to the same punishment. The stick had no want of exercise on
+ that evening. Here were nearly forty boys, subjected to excessive fatigue,
+ privation, and brutal treatment daily, on account of the greed of one man.
+ The hours that should been given in part to instruction, and partly to
+ such recreation as the youthful heart craves, were devoted to a pursuit
+ that did nothing to prepare them for the duties of life. And this white
+ slavery&mdash;for it merits no better name&mdash;is permitted by the law
+ of two great nations. Italy is in fault in suffering this traffic in her
+ children of tender years, and America is guilty as well in not
+ interfering, as she might, at all events, to abridge the long hours of
+ labor required of these boys, and forcing their cruel guardians to give
+ them some instruction.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One by one the boys straggled in. By midnight all had returned, and the
+ boys were permitted to retire to their beds, which were poor enough. This,
+ however, was the least of their troubles. Sound are the slumbers of young
+ however hard the couch on which it rests, especially when, as with all the
+ young Italian boys, the day has been one of fatigue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER VIII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ A COLD DAY
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ The events thus far recorded in the life of our young hero took place on a
+ day toward the middle of October, when the temperature was sufficiently
+ mild to produce no particular discomfort in those exposed to it. We
+ advance our story two months, and behold Phil setting out for his day&rsquo;s
+ wandering on a morning in December, when the keen blasts swept through the
+ streets, sending a shiver through the frames even of those who were well
+ protected. How much more, then, must it be felt by the young street
+ musician, who, with the exception of a woolen tippet, wore nothing more or
+ warmer than in the warmer months! Yet, Phil, with his natural vigorous
+ frame, was better able to bear the rigor of the winter weather than some
+ of his comrades, as Giacomo, to whom the long hours spent in the streets
+ were laden with suffering and misery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The two boys went about together when they dared to do so, though the
+ padrone objected, but for what reason it did not seem manifest, unless
+ because he suspected that two would plan something prejudicial to his
+ interests. Phil, who was generally more successful than Giacomo, often
+ made up his smaller comrade&rsquo;s deficiencies by giving him a portion of his
+ own gains.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was a raw day. Only those who felt absolutely obliged to be out were to
+ be seen in the streets; but among these were our two little fiddlers.
+ Whatever might be the weather, they were compelled to expose themselves to
+ its severity. However the boys might suffer, they must bring home the
+ usual amount. But at eleven o&rsquo;clock the prospects seemed rather
+ discouraging. They had but twenty-five cents between them, nor would
+ anyone stop to listen to their playing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish it were night, Filippo,&rdquo; said Giacomo, shivering with cold.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So do I, Giacomo. Are you very cold?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said the little boy, his teeth chattering. &ldquo;I wish I were back in
+ Italy. It is never so cold there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, Giacomo; you are right. But I would not mind the cold so much, if I
+ had a warm overcoat like that boy,&rdquo; pointing out a boy clad in a thick
+ overcoat, and a fur cap drawn over his ears, while his hands were snugly
+ incased in warm gloves.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He, too, looked at the two fiddlers, and he could not help noticing how
+ cold they looked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Look here, you little chaps, are you cold? You look as if you had just
+ come from Greenland.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;We are cold.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your hands look red enough. Here is an old pair of gloves for one of you.
+ I wish I had another pair. They are not very thick, but they are better
+ than none.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He drew a pair of worsted gloves from his pocket, and handed them to Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you,&rdquo; said Phil; but having received them, he gave them to Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are colder than I am, Giacomo,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;Take them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But you are cold, too, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will put my hands in my pockets. Don&rsquo;t mind me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Of course this conversation took place in Italian; for, though Phil had
+ learned considerable English, Giacomo understood but a few words of it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The gloves afforded some protection, but still both boys were very cold.
+ They were in Brooklyn, having crossed the ferry in the morning. They had
+ wandered to a part not closely built up, where they were less sheltered,
+ and experienced greater discomfort.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can&rsquo;t we go in somewhere and get warm? pleaded Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here is a grocery store. We will go in there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil opened the door and entered. The shopkeeper, a peevish-looking man,
+ with lightish hair, stood behind the counter weighing out a pound of tea
+ for a customer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you want here, you little vagabonds?&rdquo; he exclaimed, harshly, as
+ he saw the two boys enter.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We are cold,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;May we stand by your stove and get warm?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you think I provide a fire for all the vagabonds in the city?&rdquo; said
+ the grocer, with a brutal disregard of their evident suffering.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil hesitated, not knowing whether he was ordered out or not.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Clear out of my store, I say!&rdquo; said the grocer, harshly. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want
+ you in here. Do you understand?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At this moment a gentleman of prepossessing appearance entered the store.
+ He heard the grocer&rsquo;s last words, and their inhumanity made him indignant.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do these boys want, Mr. Perkins?&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They want to spend their time in my shop. I have no room for such
+ vagabonds.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We are cold,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;We only want to warm ourselves by the fire.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want you here,&rdquo; said the grocer, irritably.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mr. Perkins,&rdquo; said the gentleman, sharply, &ldquo;have you no humanity? What
+ harm can it do you to let these poor boys get warm by your fire? It will
+ cost you nothing; it will not diminish your personal comfort; yet you
+ drive them out into the cold.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The grocer began to perceive that he was on the wrong tack. The gentleman
+ who addressed him was a regular and profitable customer, and he did not
+ like to incur his ill will, which would entail loss.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They can stay, Mr. Pomeroy,&rdquo; he said, with an ill grace, &ldquo;since you ask
+ it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not ask it. I will not accept, as a personal favor, what you should
+ have granted from a motive of humanity, more especially as, after this
+ exhibition of your spirit, I shall not trade here any longer.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By this time the grocer perceived that he had made a mistake.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope you will reconsider that, Mr. Pomeroy,&rdquo; he said, abjectly. &ldquo;The
+ fact is, I had no objections to the boys warming themselves, but they are
+ mostly thieves, and I could not keep my eyes on them all the time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think you are mistaken. They don&rsquo;t look like thieves. Did you ever have
+ anything stolen by one of this class of boys?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not that I know of,&rdquo; said the grocer, hesitatingly; &ldquo;but it is likely
+ they would steal if they got a chance.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We have no right to say that of anyone without good cause.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We never steal,&rdquo; said Phil, indignantly; for he understood what was said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Of course he says so,&rdquo; sneered the grocer. &ldquo;Come and warm yourselves, if
+ you want to.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boys accepted this grudging invitation, and drew near the stove. They
+ spread out their hands, and returning warmth proved very grateful to them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you been out long?&rdquo; asked the gentleman who had interceded in their
+ behalf, also drawing near the stove.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Since eight, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you live in Brooklyn?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; in New York.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And do you go out every day?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How long since you came from Italy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A year.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would you like to go back?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He would,&rdquo; said Phil, pointing to his companion. &ldquo;I would like to stay
+ here, if I had a good home.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What kind of a home have you? With whom do you live?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;With the padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I suppose that means your guardian?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir,&rdquo; answered Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he kind to you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He beats us if we do not bring home enough money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your lot is a hard one. What makes you stay with him? Don&rsquo;t the boys ever
+ run away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometimes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What does the padrone do in that case?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He tries to find them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And if he does&mdash;what then?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He beats them for a long time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Evidently your padrone is a brute. Why don&rsquo;t you complain to the police?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders, and did not answer. He evidently thought the
+ suggestion an impracticable one. These boys are wont to regard the padrone
+ as above all law. His power seems to them absolute, and they never dream
+ of any interference. And, indeed, there is some reason for their
+ cherishing this opinion. However brutal his treatment, I know of no case
+ where the law has stepped in to rescue the young victim. This is partly,
+ no doubt, because the boys, few of whom can speak the English language, do
+ not know their rights, and seldom complain to outsiders&mdash;never to the
+ authorities. Probably, in some cases, the treatment is less brutal than I
+ have depicted; but from the best information I can obtain from trustworthy
+ sources, I fear that the reality, if anything, exceeds the picture I have
+ drawn.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think I should enjoy giving your padrone a horsewhipping,&rdquo; said the
+ gentleman, impetuously. &ldquo;Can such things be permitted in the nineteenth
+ century?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have no doubt the little rascals deserve all they get,&rdquo; said the
+ grocer, who would probably have found in the Italian padrone a congenial
+ spirit.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Pomeroy deigned no reply to this remark.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, boys,&rdquo; he said, consulting his watch, &ldquo;I must leave you. Here are
+ twenty-five cents for each of you. I have one piece of advice for you. If
+ your padrone beats you badly, run away from him. I would if I were in your
+ place.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Addio, signore,&rdquo; said the two boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I suppose that means &lsquo;good-by.&rsquo; Well, good-by, and better luck.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER IX
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PIETRO THE SPY
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Though from motives of policy the grocer had permitted the boys to warm
+ themselves by his fire, he felt only the more incensed against them on
+ this account, and when Mr. Pomeroy had gone determined to get rid of them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Haven&rsquo;t you got warm yet?&rdquo; he asked. &ldquo;I can&rsquo;t have you in my way all
+ day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We will go,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;Come, Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He did not thank the grocer, knowing how grudgingly permission had been
+ given.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So they went out again into the chill air, but they had got thoroughly
+ warmed, and were better able to bear it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where shall we go, Filippo?&rdquo; asked the younger boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We will go back to New York. It is not so cold there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo unhesitatingly assented to whatever Phil proposed. He was not
+ self-reliant, like our hero, but always liked to have someone to lean
+ upon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They made their way back to Fulton Ferry in a leisurely manner, stopping
+ here and there to play; but it was a bad day for business. The cold was
+ such that no one stopped to give them anything, except that one young man
+ dropped ten cents in Phil&rsquo;s hand as he hurried by, on his way home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At length they reached the ferry. The passengers were not so many in
+ number as usual. The cabin was so warm and comfortable that they remained
+ on board for two or three trips, playing each time. In this way they
+ obtained about thirty cents more. They would have remained longer, but
+ that one of the deck hands asked, &ldquo;How many times are you going across for
+ two cents?&rdquo; and this made them think it prudent to go.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When six o&rsquo;clock came Giacomo asked Phil, who acted as treasurer, how much
+ money they had.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Two dollars,&rdquo; answered Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is only one dollar for each.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then we shall be beaten,&rdquo; said the little boy, with a sigh.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am afraid so.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And get no supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil; &ldquo;unless,&rdquo; he added, &ldquo;we get some supper now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;With this money?&rdquo; asked Giacomo, startled at the boldness of the
+ suggestion.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; we shall be beaten at any rate. It will be no worse for us if we get
+ some supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you buy some bread?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Phil, daringly. &ldquo;I am going to buy some meat.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What will the padrone say?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall not tell the padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you think he will find out?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No. Besides, we ought to have some supper after walking about all day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Evidently Phil had begun to think, and the essential injustice of laboring
+ without proper compensation had impressed his youthful mind. Giacomo was
+ more timid. He had not advanced as far as Phil, nor was he as daring. But
+ I have already said that he was guided in a great measure by Phil, and so
+ it proved in this case.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil, having made up his mind, set about carrying his plan into execution.
+ Only a block distant was a cheap restaurant, where plates of meat were
+ supplied to a poor class of customers at ten cents per plate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Let us go in here,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo followed, but not without trepidation. He knew that what they were
+ about to do would be a heinous crime in the eyes of the padrone. Even Phil
+ had never ventured upon such direct rebellion before. But Mr. Pomeroy&rsquo;s
+ suggestion that he should run away was beginning to bear fruit in his
+ mind. He had not come to that yet, but he might. Why should he not earn
+ money for his own benefit, as well as for the padrone? True, he was bound
+ to the latter by a legal contract entered into by his father, but Phil,
+ without knowing much about law, had an indistinct idea that the contract
+ was a one-sided one, and was wholly for the advantage of the other party.
+ The tyrant is always in danger of losing his hold upon the victim when the
+ latter begins to think.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They entered the restaurant, and sat down at a table.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The tables were greasy. The floor was strewed with sawdust. The waiters
+ were dirty, and the entire establishment was neither neat nor inviting.
+ But it was democratic. No customers were sent away because they were
+ unfashionably attired. The only requisite was money enough to defray their
+ bills. Nevertheless Giacomo felt a little in awe even of the dirty
+ waiters. His frugal meals were usually bought at the baker&rsquo;s shop, and
+ eaten standing in the street. Sitting down at a table, even though it was
+ greasy, seemed a degree of luxury to which he was not entitled. But Phil
+ more easily adapted himself to circumstances. He knew that he had as much
+ right there as any other customer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Presently a waiter presented himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you ordered?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give me some roast beef,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;What will you have, Giacomo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The same as you, Filippo,&rdquo; said Giacomo, in Italian.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What&rsquo;s that?&rdquo; asked the waiter, thinking he had named some dish.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He will have some roast beef, too. Will you have some coffee, Giacomo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you have it,&rdquo; answered the smaller boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So Phil gave the double order, and very soon the coffee and meat were
+ placed before them. I suspect that few of my readers would have regarded
+ these articles with any relish. One need not be fastidious to find fault
+ with the dark-hued beverage, which was only a poor imitation of coffee,
+ and the dark fragments of meat, which might have been horseflesh so far as
+ appearance went. But to the two Italian boys it was indeed a feast. The
+ coffee, which was hot, warmed their stomachs, and seemed to them like
+ nectar, while the meat was as palatable as the epicure finds his choicest
+ dishes. While eating, even Giacomo forgot that he was engaged in something
+ unlawful, and his face was lighted up with rare satisfaction.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is good,&rdquo; said Phil, briefly, as he laid down his knife and fork,
+ after disposing of the last morsel upon his plate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish I could have such a supper every day,&rdquo; said Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will when I am a man,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think I shall ever be a man,&rdquo; said Giacomo, shaking his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why not?&rdquo; asked Phil, regarding him with surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not think I shall live.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What makes you think so, Giacomo?&rdquo; said Phil, startled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not strong, Filippo,&rdquo; said the little boy, &ldquo;I think I get weaker
+ every day. I long so much to go back to Italy. If I could see my mother
+ once more, I would be willing to die then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You must not think of such things, Giacomo,&rdquo; said Phil, who, like most
+ healthy boys, did not like to think of death. &ldquo;You will get strong when
+ summer comes. The weather is bad now, of course.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think I shall, Filippo. Do you remember Matteo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, I remember him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Matteo was a comrade who had died six months before. He was a young boy,
+ about the size and age of Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I dreamed of him last night, Filippo. He held out his hand to me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think I am going to die, like him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be foolish, Giacomo,&rdquo; said Phil. But, though he said this, even he
+ was startled by what Giacomo had told him. He was ignorant, and the
+ ignorant are prone to superstition; so he felt uncomfortable, but did not
+ like to acknowledge it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You must not think of this, Giacomo,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;You will be an old man
+ some day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s for you, Filippo. It isn&rsquo;t for me,&rdquo; said the little boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come, let us go,&rdquo; said Phil, desirous of dropping the subject.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He went up to the desk, and paid for both, the sum of thirty cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, come,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo followed him out, and they turned down the street, feeling
+ refreshed by the supper they had eaten. But unfortunately they had been
+ observed. As they left the restaurant, they attracted the attention of
+ Pietro, whom chance had brought thither at an unfortunate time. His
+ sinister face lighted up with joy as he realized the discovery he had
+ made. But he wished to make sure that it was as he supposed. They might
+ have gone in only to play and sing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He crossed the street, unobserved by Phil and Giacomo, and entered the
+ restaurant.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Were my two brothers here?&rdquo; he asked, assuming relationship.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Two boys with fiddles?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; they just went out.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did they get supper?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; they had some roast beef and coffee.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you,&rdquo; said Pietro, and he left the restaurant with his suspicions
+ confirmed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall tell the padrone,&rdquo; he said to himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They will feel the stick to-night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER X
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ FRENCH&rsquo;S HOTEL
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Pietro had one of those mean and malignant natures that are best pleased
+ when they are instrumental in bringing others into trouble. He looked
+ forward to becoming a padrone himself some time, and seemed admirably
+ fitted by nature to exercise the inhuman office. He lost no time, on his
+ return, in making known to his uncle what he had learned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For the boys to appropriate to their own use money which had been received
+ for their services was, in the eyes of the padrone, a crime of the darkest
+ shade. In fact, if the example were generally followed, it would have made
+ a large diminution of his income, though the boys might have been
+ benefited. He listened to Pietro with an ominous scowl, and decided to
+ inflict condign punishment upon the young offenders.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile Phil and Giacomo resumed their wanderings. They no longer hoped
+ to make up the large difference between what they had and the sum they
+ were expected by the padrone to bring. As the evening advanced the cold
+ increased, and penetrated through their thin clothing, chilling them
+ through and through. Giacomo felt it the most. By and by he began to sob
+ with the cold and fatigue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is the matter, Giacomo?&rdquo; asked Phil, anxiously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I feel so cold, Filippo&mdash;so cold and tired. I wish I could rest.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boys were in Printing House Square, near the spot where now stands the
+ Franklin statue.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you want to rest, Giacomo,&rdquo; said Phil, pityingly, &ldquo;we will go into
+ French&rsquo;s Hotel a little while.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They entered the hotel and sat down near the heater. The grateful warmth
+ diffused itself through their frames, and Giacomo sank back in his seat
+ with a sigh of relief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you feel better, Giacomo?&rdquo; asked his comrade.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Filippo; I wish I could stay here till it is time to go home.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We will, then. We shall get no more money outside.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will beat us at any rate. It will be no worse for us. Besides they may
+ possibly ask us to play here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can play no more to-night, Filippo, I am so tired.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil knew very little of sickness, or he might have seen that Giacomo was
+ going to be ill. Exposure, fatigue, and privation had been too much for
+ his strength. He had never been robust, and he had been subjected to
+ trials that would have proved hard for one much stronger to bear.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When he had once determined to remain in the comfortable hotel, Phil
+ leaned back in his chair also, and decided to enjoy all the comfort
+ attainable. What though there was a beating in prospect?
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had before him two or three hours of rest and relief from the outside
+ cold. He was something of a philosopher, and chose not to let future evil
+ interfere with present good.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Near the two boys sat two young men&mdash;merchants from the interior of
+ New York State, who were making a business visit to the metropolis.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Gardner,&rdquo; said the first, &ldquo;where shall we go to-night?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why need we go anywhere?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought you might like to go to some place of amusement.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So I would if the weather were less inclement. The most comfortable place
+ is by the fire.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are right as to that, but the evening will be long and stupid.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, we can worry it through. Here, for instance, are two young
+ musicians,&rdquo; indicating the little fiddlers. &ldquo;Suppose we get a tune out of
+ them?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Agreed. Here, boy, can you play on that fiddle?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, give us a tune, then. Is that your brother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, he is my comrade.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He can play, too.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you play, Giacomo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The younger boy roused himself. The two stood up, and played two or three
+ tunes successfully. A group of loungers gathered around them and listened
+ approvingly. When they had finished Phil took off his hat and went the
+ rounds. Some gave, the two first mentioned contributing most liberally.
+ The whole sum collected was about fifty cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil and Giacomo now resumed their seats. They felt now that they were
+ entitled to rest for the remainder of the evening, since they had gained
+ quite as much as they would have been likely to earn in wandering about
+ the streets. The group that had gathered about them dispersed, and they
+ ceased to be objects of attention. Fatigue and the warmth of the room
+ gradually affected Giacomo until he leaned back and fell asleep.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I won&rsquo;t take him till it&rsquo;s time to go back,&rdquo; thought Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So Giacomo slept on, despite the noises in the street outside and the
+ confusion incident to every large hotel. As he sat asleep, he attracted
+ the attention of a stout gentleman who was passing, leading by the hand a
+ boy of ten.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is that your brother?&rdquo; he asked in a low tone of Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore; it is my comrade.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So you go about together?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir,&rdquo; answered Phil, bethinking himself to use English instead of
+ Italian.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He seems tired.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; he is not so strong as I am.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you play about the streets all day?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How would you like that, Henry?&rdquo; asked his father to the boy at his side.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to play about the streets all day,&rdquo; said Henry, roguishly,
+ misinterpreting the word &ldquo;play.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think you would get tired of it. What is your name, my boy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And what is the name of your friend?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you never go to school?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shook his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would you like to go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You would like it better than wandering about the streets all day?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why do you not ask your father to send you to school?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My father is in Italy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And his father, also?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore,&rdquo; answered Phil, relapsing into Italian.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you think of that, Henry?&rdquo; asked the gentleman. &ldquo;How should you
+ like to leave me, and go to some Italian city to roam about all day,
+ playing on the violin?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think I would rather go to school.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think you would.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you often out so late, Filippo? I think that is the name you gave
+ me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Always,&rdquo; he answered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;At what time do you go home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;At eleven.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is too late for a boy of your age to sit up. Why do you not go home
+ sooner?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone would beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is the padrone?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The man who brought me from Italy to America.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Poor boys!&rdquo; said the gentleman, compassionately. &ldquo;Yours is a hard life. I
+ hope some time you will be in a better position.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil fixed his dark eyes upon the stranger, grateful for his words of
+ sympathy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-night,&rdquo; said the stranger, kindly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-night, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ An hour passed. The City Hall clock near by struck eleven. The time had
+ come for returning to their mercenary guardian. Phil shook the sleeping
+ form of Giacomo. The little boy stirred in his sleep, and murmured,
+ &ldquo;Madre.&rdquo; He had been dreaming of his mother and his far-off Italian home.
+ He woke to the harsh realities of life, four thousand miles away from that
+ mother and home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have I slept, Filippo?&rdquo; he asked, rubbing his eyes, and looking about him
+ in momentary bewilderment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Giacomo. You have slept for two hours and more. It is eleven
+ o&rsquo;clock.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then we must go back.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; take your violin, and we will go.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They passed out into the cold street, which seemed yet colder by contrast
+ with the warm hotel they just left, and, crossing to the sidewalk that
+ skirts the park, walked up Centre street.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo was seized with a fit of trembling. His teeth chattered with the
+ cold. A fever was approaching, although neither he nor his companion knew
+ it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you cold, Giacomo?&rdquo; asked Phil, noticing how he trembled.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am very cold. I feel sick, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You will feel better to-morrow,&rdquo; said Phil; but the thought of the
+ beating which his little comrade was sure to receive saddened him more
+ than the prospect of being treated in the same way himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They kept on their way, past the Tombs with its gloomy entrance, through
+ the ill-lighted street, scarcely noticed by the policeman whom they passed&mdash;for
+ he was accustomed to see boys of their class out late at night&mdash;until
+ at last they reached the dwelling of the padrone, who was waiting their
+ arrival with the eagerness of a brutal nature, impatient to inflict pain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XI
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE BOYS RECEPTION
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Phil and Giacomo entered the lodging-house, wholly unconscious of the
+ threatening storm, The padrone scowled at them as they entered but that
+ was nothing unusual. Had he greeted them kindly, they would have had
+ reason to be surprised.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well,&rdquo; he said, harshly, &ldquo;how much do you bring?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boys produced two dollars and a half which he pocketed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is this all?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was cold,&rdquo; said Phil, &ldquo;and we could not get more.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone listened with an ominous frown.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you hungry?&rdquo; he asked. &ldquo;Do you want your supper?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was puzzled by his manner, for he expected to be deprived of his
+ supper on account of bringing less money than usual. Why should the
+ padrone ask him if he wanted his supper? Though he was not hungry, he
+ thought it best to answer in the affirmative.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What would you like?&rdquo; asked the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Again Phil was puzzled, for the suppers supplied by the padrone never
+ varied, always consisting of bread and cheese.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Perhaps,&rdquo; continued the padrone, meeting no answer, &ldquo;you would like to
+ have coffee and roast beef.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ All was clear now. Phil understood that he had been seen going in or out
+ of the restaurant, though he could not tell by whom. He knew well enough
+ what to expect, but a chivalrous feeling of friendship led him to try to
+ shield his young companion, even at the risk of a more severe punishment
+ to be inflicted upon himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was my fault,&rdquo; he said, manfully. &ldquo;Giacomo would not have gone in but
+ for me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Wicked, ungrateful boy!&rdquo; exclaimed the padrone, wrathfully. &ldquo;It was my
+ money that you spent. You are a thief!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil felt that this was a hard word, which he did not deserve. The money
+ was earned by himself, though claimed by the padrone. But he did not
+ venture to say this. It would have been revolutionary. He thought it
+ prudent to be silent.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why do you say nothing?&rdquo; exclaimed the padrone, stamping his foot. &ldquo;Why
+ did you spend my money?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was hungry.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So you must live like a nobleman! Our supper is not good enough for you.
+ How much did you spend?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thirty cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;For each?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore, for both.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you shall have each fifteen blows, one for each penny. I will teach
+ you to be a thief. Pietro, the stick! Now, strip!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Padrone,&rdquo; said Phil, generously, &ldquo;let me have all the blows. It was my
+ fault; Giacomo only went because I asked him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ If the padrone had had a heart, this generous request would have touched
+ it; but he was not troubled in that way.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He must be whipped, too,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;He should not have gone with you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is sick, padrone,&rdquo; persisted Phil. &ldquo;Excuse him till he is better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not a word more,&rdquo; roared the padrone, irritated at his persistence. &ldquo;If
+ he is sick, it is because he has eaten too much,&rdquo; he added, with a sneer.
+ &ldquo;Pietro, my stick!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The two boys began to strip mechanically, knowing that there was no
+ appeal. Phil stood bare to the waist. The padrone seized the stick and
+ began to belabor him. Phil&rsquo;s brown face showed by its contortions the pain
+ he suffered, but he was too proud to cry out. When the punishment was
+ finished his back was streaked with red, and looked maimed and bruised.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Put on your shirt!&rdquo; commanded the tyrant.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil drew it on over his bleeding back and resumed his place among his
+ comrades.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now!&rdquo; said the padrone, beckoning to Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The little boy approached shivering, not so much with cold as with the
+ fever that had already begun to prey upon him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil turned pale and sick as he looked at the padrone preparing to inflict
+ punishment. He would gladly have left the room, but he knew that it would
+ not be permitted.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The first blow descended heavily upon the shrinking form of the little
+ victim. It was followed by a shriek of pain and terror.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What are you howling at?&rdquo; muttered the padrone, between his teeth. &ldquo;I
+ will whip you the harder.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo would have been less able to bear the cruel punishment than Phil
+ if he had been well, but being sick, it was all the more terrible to him.
+ The second blow likewise was followed by a shriek of anguish. Phil looked
+ on with pale face, set teeth, and blazing eyes, as he saw the barbarous
+ punishment of his comrade. He felt that he hated the padrone with a fierce
+ hatred. Had his strength been equal to the attempt, he would have flung
+ himself upon the padrone. As it was, he looked at his comrades, half
+ wishing that they would combine with him against their joint oppressor.
+ But there was no hope of that. Some congratulated themselves that they
+ were not in Giacomo&rsquo;s place; others looked upon his punishment as a matter
+ of course. There was no dream of interference, save in the mind of Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The punishment continued amid the groans and prayers for mercy of the
+ little sufferer. But at the eighth stroke his pain and terror reached a
+ climax, and nature succumbed. He sank on the floor, fainting. The padrone
+ thought at first it was a pretense, and was about to repeat the strokes,
+ when a look at the pallid, colorless face of the little sufferer alarmed
+ him. It did not excite his compassion, but kindled the fear that the boy
+ might be dying, in which case the police might interfere and give him
+ trouble; therefore he desisted, but unwillingly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is sick,&rdquo; said Phil, starting forward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is no more sick than I am,&rdquo; scowled the padrone. &ldquo;Pietro, some water!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro brought a glass of water, which the padrone threw in the face of
+ the fallen boy. The shock brought him partially to. He opened his eyes,
+ and looked around vacantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is the matter with you?&rdquo; demanded the padrone, harshly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where am I?&rdquo; asked Giacomo, bewildered. But, as he asked this question,
+ his eyes met the dark look of his tyrant, and he clasped his hands in
+ terror.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do not beat me!&rdquo; he pleaded. &ldquo;I feel sick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is only shamming,&rdquo; said Pietro, who was worthy to be the servant and
+ nephew of such a master. But the padrone thought it would not be prudent
+ to continue the punishment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Help him put on his clothes, Pietro,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I will let you off this
+ time, little rascal, but take heed that you never again steal a single
+ cent of my money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo was allowed to seek his uncomfortable bed. His back was so sore
+ with the beating he had received that he was compelled to lie on his side.
+ During the night the feverish symptoms increased, and before morning he
+ was very sick. The padrone was forced to take some measures for his
+ recovery, not from motives of humanity, but because Giacomo&rsquo;s death would
+ cut off a source of daily revenue, and this, in the eyes of the mercenary
+ padrone, was an important consideration.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil went to bed in silence. Though he was suffering from the brutal blows
+ he had received, the thought of the punishment and suffering of Giacomo
+ affected him more deeply than his own. As I have said, the two boys came
+ from the same town in southern Italy. They had known each other almost
+ from infancy, and something of a fraternal feeling had grown up between
+ them. In Phil&rsquo;s case, since he was the stronger, it was accompanied by the
+ feeling that he should be a protector to the younger boy, who, on his
+ side, looked up to Phil as stronger and wiser than himself. Though only a
+ boy of twelve, what had happened led Phil to think seriously of his
+ position and prospects. He did not know for how long his services had been
+ sold to the padrone by his father, but he felt sure that the letter of the
+ contract would be little regarded as long as his services were found
+ profitable.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ What hope, then, had he of better treatment in the future? There seemed no
+ prospect except of continued oppression and long days of hardship, unless&mdash;and
+ here the suggestion of Mr. Pomeroy occurred to him&mdash;unless he ran
+ away. He had known of boys doing this before. Some had been brought back,
+ and, of course, were punished severely for their temerity, but others had
+ escaped, and had never returned. What had become of them Phil did not
+ know, but he rightly concluded that they could not be any worse off than
+ in the service of the padrone. Thinking of all this, Phil began to think
+ it probable that he, too, would some day break his bonds and run away. He
+ did not fix upon any time. He had not got as far as this. But
+ circumstances, as we shall find in our next chapter, hastened his
+ determination, and this, though he knew it not, was the last night he
+ would sleep in the house of the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ GIACOMO&rsquo;S PRESENTIMENTS
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Phil woke up the next morning feeling lame and sore. His back bore traces
+ of the flogging he had received the night before. As his eyes opened, they
+ rested upon twenty boys lying about him, and also upon the dark, unsightly
+ walls of the shabby room, and the prospect before him served to depress
+ even his hopeful temperament. But he was not permitted to meditate long.
+ Pietro opened the door, and called out in harsh tones: &ldquo;Get up, all of
+ you, or the padrone will be here with his stick!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The invitation was heard and obeyed. The boys got up, yawning and rubbing
+ their eyes, having a wholesome dread of their tyrant and his stick, which
+ no tenderness of heart ever made him reluctant to use. Their toilet did
+ not require long to make. The padrone was quite indifferent whether they
+ were clean or not, and offered them no facilities for washing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When they were dressed they were supplied with a frugal breakfast&mdash;a
+ piece of bread and cheese each; their instruments were given them, and
+ they were started off for a long day of toil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked around for Giacomo, who had slept in a different room, but he
+ was not to be seen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is Giacomo sick this morning, Pietro?&rdquo; he asked of the padrone&rsquo;s nephew.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He pretends to be sick, little drone!&rdquo; said Pietro, unfeelingly. &ldquo;If I
+ were the padrone, I would let him taste the stick again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil felt that he would like to see the brutal speaker suffering the
+ punishment he wanted inflicted on him; but he knew Pietro&rsquo;s power and
+ malice too well to give utterance to the wish. A longing came to him to
+ see Giacomo before he went out. He might have had a secret presentiment of
+ what was coming.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Signor Pietro,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;may I see Giacomo before I go out?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This request would have been refused without doubt, but that Pietro felt
+ flattered at being addressed as signor, to which his years did not yet
+ entitle him. Phil knew this, and therefore used the title.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you want to see him for?&rdquo; he asked, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I want to ask him how he feels.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, you can go in. Tell him he must get up to-morrow. The padrone will
+ not let him spend his time in idleness.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So Phil, having already his fiddle under his arm, entered the room where
+ Giacomo lay. The other occupants of the room had risen, and the little boy
+ was lying on a hard pallet in the corner. His eyes lighted up with joy as
+ he saw Phil enter.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am glad it is you, Filippo,&rdquo; he said; &ldquo;I thought it was the padrone,
+ come to make me get up.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How do you feel this morning, Giacomo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not feel well, Filippo. My back is sore, and I am so weak.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His eyes were very bright with the fever that had now control, and his
+ cheeks were hot and flushed. Phil put his hand upon them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your cheeks are very hot, Giacomo,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;You are going to be sick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know it, Filippo,&rdquo; said the little boy. &ldquo;I may be very sick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope not, Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Lean over, Filippo,&rdquo; said Giacomo. &ldquo;I want to tell you something.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil leaned over until his ear was close to the mouth of his little
+ comrade.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think I am going to die, Filippo,&rdquo; whispered Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil started in dismay.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, no, Giacomo,&rdquo; he said; &ldquo;that is nonsense. You will live a great many
+ years.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think you will, Filippo. You are strong. But I have always been weak,
+ and lately I am tired all the time. I don&rsquo;t care to live&mdash;very much.
+ It is hard to live;&rdquo; and the little boy sighed as he spoke.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are too young to die, Giacomo. It is only because you are sick that
+ you think of it. You will soon be better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not think so, Filippo. I should like to live for one thing.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is that?&rdquo; asked Phil, gazing with strange wonder at the patient, sad
+ face of the little sufferer, who seemed so ready to part with the life
+ which, in spite of his privations and hardships, seemed so bright to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to go back to my home in Italy, and see my mother again
+ before I die. She loved me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The almost unconscious emphasis which he laid on the word &ldquo;she&rdquo; showed
+ that in his own mind he was comparing her with his father, who had sold
+ him into such cruel slavery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you live, Giacomo, you will go back and see her some day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall never see her again, Filippo,&rdquo; said the little boy, sadly. &ldquo;If
+ you ever go back to Italy&mdash;when you are older&mdash;will you go and
+ see her, and tell her that&mdash;that I thought of her when I was sick,
+ and wanted to see her?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Giacomo,&rdquo; said Phil, affected by his little companion&rsquo;s manner.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo!&rdquo; called Pietro, in harsh tones.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I must go,&rdquo; said Phil, starting to his feet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Kiss me before you go,&rdquo; said Giacomo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil bent over and kissed the feverish lips of the little boy, and then
+ hurried out of the room. He never saw Giacomo again; and this, though he
+ knew it not, was his last farewell to his little comrade.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So Phil commenced his wanderings. He was free in one way&mdash;he could go
+ where he pleased. The padrone did not care where he picked up his money,
+ as long as he brought home a satisfactory amount. Phil turned to go up
+ town, though he had no definite destination in view. He missed Giacomo,
+ who lately had wandered about in his company, and felt lonely without him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Poor Giacomo!&rdquo; he thought. &ldquo;I hope he will be well soon.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Avast there, boy!&rdquo; someone called. &ldquo;Just come to anchor, and give us a
+ tune.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked up and saw two sailors bearing down upon him (to use a
+ nautical phrase) with arms locked, and evidently with more liquor aboard
+ than they could carry steadily.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give us a tune, boy, and we&rsquo;ll pay you,&rdquo; said the second.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil had met such customers before, and knew what would please them. He
+ began playing some lively dancing tunes, with so much effect that the
+ sailors essayed to dance on the sidewalk, much to the amusement of a group
+ of boys who collected around them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Go it, bluejacket! Go it, boots!&rdquo; exclaimed the boys, designating them by
+ certain prominent articles of dress.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The applause appeared to stimulate them to further efforts, and they
+ danced and jumped high in air, to the hilarious delight of their juvenile
+ spectators. After a time such a crowd collected that the attention of a
+ passing policeman was attracted.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What&rsquo;s all this disturbance?&rdquo; he demanded, in tones of authority.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We&rsquo;re stretching our legs a little, shipmate,&rdquo; said the first sailor.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you&rsquo;d better stretch them somewhere else than in the street.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought this was a free country,&rdquo; hiccoughed the second.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ll find it isn&rsquo;t if I get hold of you,&rdquo; said the officer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Want to fight?&rdquo; demanded the second sailor, belligerently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Boy, stop playing,&rdquo; said the policeman. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want to arrest these men
+ unless I am obliged to do it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil stopped playing, and this put a stop to the dance. Finding there was
+ no more to be seen, the crowd also dispersed. With arms again interlocked,
+ the sailors were about to resume their walk, forgetting to &ldquo;pay the
+ piper.&rdquo; But Phil was not at all bashful about presenting his claims. He
+ took off his cap, and going up to the jolly pair said, &ldquo;I want some
+ pennies.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Sailors are free with their money. Parsimony is not one of their vices.
+ Both thrust their hands into their pockets, and each drew out a handful of
+ scrip, which they put into Phil&rsquo;s hands, without looking to see how much
+ it might be.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s all right, boy, isn&rsquo;t it?&rdquo; inquired the first.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All right,&rdquo; answered Phil, wondering at their munificence. He only
+ anticipated a few pennies, and here looked to be as much as he was
+ generally able to secure in a day. As soon as he got a good chance he
+ counted it over, and found four half dollars, three quarters, and four
+ tens&mdash;in all, three dollars and fifteen cents. At this rate,
+ probably, the sailors&rsquo; money would not last long. However this was none of
+ Phil&rsquo;s business. It was only nine o&rsquo;clock in the forenoon, and he had
+ already secured enough to purchase immunity from blows at night. Still
+ there was one thing unsatisfactory about it. All this money was to go into
+ the hands of the padrone. Phil himself would reap none of the benefit,
+ unless he bought his dinner, as he had purchased supper the evening
+ before. But for this he had been severely punished, though he could not
+ feel that he had done very wrong in spending the money he himself earned.
+ However, it would be at least three hours before the question of dinner
+ would come up.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He put the money into the pocket of his ragged vest, and walked on.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was not so cold as the day before. The thermometer had risen
+ twenty-five degrees during the night&mdash;a great change, but not unusual
+ in our variable climate. Phil rather enjoyed this walk, notwithstanding
+ his back was a little lame.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He walked up the Bowery to the point where Third and Fourth avenues
+ converge into it. He kept on the left-hand side, and walked up Fourth
+ Avenue, passing the Cooper Institute and the Bible House, and, a little
+ further on, Stewart&rsquo;s magnificent marble store. On the block just above
+ stood a book and periodical store, kept, as the sign indicated, by Richard
+ Burnton. Phil paused a moment to look in at the windows, which were filled
+ with a variety of attractive articles. Suddenly he was conscious of his
+ violin being forcibly snatched from under his arm. He turned quickly, and
+ thought he recognized Tim Rafferty, to whom the reader was introduced in
+ the third chapter of this story.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XIII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL FINDS A CAPITALIST
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ To account for Phil&rsquo;s unexpected loss, I must explain that Tim Rafferty,
+ whose ordinary place of business was in or near the City Hall Park, had
+ been sent uptown on an errand. He was making his way back leisurely, when,
+ just as he was passing Burnton&rsquo;s bookstore, he saw Phil looking in at the
+ window. He immediately recognized him as the little Italian fiddler who
+ had refused to lend him his fiddle, as described in a previous chapter. In
+ his attempt he was frustrated by Paul Hoffman. His defeat incensed him,
+ and he determined, if he ever met Phil again, to &ldquo;get even with him,&rdquo; as
+ he expressed it. It struck him that this was a good opportunity to borrow
+ his fiddle without leave.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Phil discovered his loss, he determined to run after the thief.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give me back my fiddle!&rdquo; he cried.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But this Tim was in no hurry to do. As he had longer legs than Phil, the
+ chances were that he would escape. But some distance ahead he saw one of
+ the blue-coated guardians of the public peace, or, in newsboy parlance, a
+ cop, and saw that Phil could easily prove theft against him, as it would
+ be impossible to pass himself off as a fiddler. He must get rid of the
+ violin in some way, and the sooner the better. He threw it into the middle
+ of the street, just as a heavy cart was coming along. The wheels of the
+ ponderous vehicle passed over the frail instrument, crushing it utterly.
+ Phil ran forward to rescue his instrument, but too late. It was spoiled
+ beyond recovery. Phil picked up the pieces mechanically, and took them
+ back with him, but he soon realized that he might as well cast them away
+ again. Meanwhile Tim, satisfied with the mischief he had done, and feeling
+ revenged for his former mortification, walked up a side street, and
+ escaped interference.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil had come to one of those crises in human experience when it is
+ necessary to pause and decide what to do next. The fiddle was not a
+ valuable one&mdash;in fact, it was a shabby little instrument&mdash;but it
+ was Phil&rsquo;s stock in trade. Moreover, it belonged to the padrone, and
+ however innocent Phil might be as regarded its destruction, his tyrannical
+ master was sure to call him to heavy account for it. He was certain to be
+ severely punished, more so than the evening before, and this was not a
+ pleasant prospect to look forward to. The padrone was sure not to forgive
+ an offense like this.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Thinking over these things, a bold suggestion came into Phil&rsquo;s mind. Why
+ need he go back at all? Why should he not take this occasion for breaking
+ his fetters, and starting out into life on his own account? There was
+ nothing alarming in that prospect. He was not afraid but that he could
+ earn his own living, and fare better than he did at present, when out of
+ his earnings and those of his comrades the padrone was growing rich. Other
+ boys had run away, and though some had been brought back, others had
+ managed to keep out of the cruel clutches of their despotic master.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It did not take Phil long to come to a decision. He felt that he should
+ never have a better chance. He had three dollars in his pocket thanks to
+ the generosity of the sailors&mdash;and this would last him some time. It
+ would enable him to get out of the city, which would be absolutely
+ necessary, since, if he remained, the padrone would send Pietro for him
+ and get him back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There was only one regret he had at leaving the padrone. It would part him
+ from his little comrade, Giacomo. Giacomo, at least, would miss him. He
+ wished the little boy could have gone with him, but this, under present
+ circumstances, was impossible. By staying he would only incur a severe
+ punishment, without being able to help his comrade.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was still but nine o&rsquo;clock. He had plenty of time before him, as he
+ would not be missed by the padrone until he failed to make his appearance
+ at night. Having no further occasion to go uptown, he decided to turn and
+ walk down into the business portion of the city. He accordingly made his
+ way leisurely to the City Hall Park, when he suddenly bethought himself of
+ Paul Hoffman, who had served as his friend on a former occasion. Besides
+ Giacomo, Paul was the only friend on whom he could rely in the city. Paul
+ was older and had more experience than he, and could, no doubt, give him
+ good advice as to his future plans.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He crossed the Park and Broadway, and kept along on the west side of the
+ street until he reached the necktie stand kept by Paul. The young street
+ merchant did not at first see him, being occupied with a customer, to whom
+ he finally succeeded in selling two neckties; then looking up, he
+ recognized the young fiddler.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How are you, Phil?&rdquo; he said, in a friendly manner. &ldquo;Where have you kept
+ yourself? I have not seen you for a long time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have been fiddling,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But I don&rsquo;t see your violin now. What has become of it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is broken&mdash;destroyed,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How did that happen?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil described the manner in which his violin had been stolen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you know who stole it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was that boy who tried to take it once in the Park.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When I stopped him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know him. It is Tim Rafferty. He is a mean boy; I will pay him up for
+ it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not care for it now,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But what will your padrone say when you come home without it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He would beat me, but I will not go home.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What will you do?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will run away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good for you, Phil! I like your spunk,&rdquo; said Paul, heartily. &ldquo;I wouldn&rsquo;t
+ go back to the old villain if I were you. Where are you going?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Away from New York. If I stay here the padrone would catch me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much did you earn with your fiddle when you had it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Two dollars, if it was a good day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is excellent. I&rsquo;ll tell you what, Phil, if you could stay in the
+ city, I would invite you to come and live with us. You could pay your
+ share of the expense, say three or four dollars a week, and keep the rest
+ of your money to buy clothes, and to save.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like it,&rdquo; said Phil; &ldquo;but if I stay in the city the padrone
+ would get hold of me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Has he any legal right to your services?&rdquo; asked Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked puzzled. He did not understand the question.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I mean did your father sign any paper giving you to him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil, comprehending now.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I suppose he could take you back. You think you must go away from
+ the city, then, Phil?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where do you think of going?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not know.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You might go to Jersey&mdash;to Newark, which is quite a large city, only
+ ten miles from here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to go there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think the padrone would send there to find you. But how are you
+ going to make your living&mdash;you have lost your fiddle?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can sing.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But you would make more money with your fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t talk to me in Italian, Phil; I no understand it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil laughed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can speak English much better than most Italian boys.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Some cannot speak at all. Some speak french, because we all stayed in
+ Paris sometime before we came to America.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Parlez-vous Francais?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oui, monsieur, un peu.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, I can&rsquo;t. Those three words are all the French I know. But, I say,
+ Phil, you ought to have a fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to have one. I should make more money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much would one cost?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you what I will do, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, after a moment&rsquo;s thought.
+ &ldquo;I know a pawnbroker&rsquo;s shop on Chatham Street where there is a fiddle for
+ sale. I don&rsquo;t think it will cost very much; not more than five dollars.
+ You must buy it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have not five dollars,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I will lend you the money. You shall buy it, and when you have
+ earned money enough you shall come back to New York some day and pay me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you,&rdquo; said Phil, gratefully. &ldquo;I will surely pay you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Of course you will, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, confidently. &ldquo;I can see by your
+ face that you are honest. I don&rsquo;t believe you would cheat your friend.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would not cheat you, Signor Paul.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I see, Phil, you are bound to make an Italian of me. You may just call me
+ Paul, and don&rsquo;t mind about the signor. Now I&rsquo;ll tell you what I propose. I
+ cannot leave my business for an hour and a half. You can go where you
+ please, but come back at that time, and I will take you home to dinner
+ with me. On the way back I will stop with you at the Chatham Street store
+ and ask the price of the violin; then, if it doesn&rsquo;t cost too much, I will
+ buy it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All right,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You must come back at twelve o&rsquo;clock, Phil.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will come.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil strolled down to the Battery, feeling a little strange without his
+ violin. He was elated with the thought of his coming freedom, and for the
+ first time since he landed in America the future looked bright to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XIV
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE TAMBOURINE GIRL
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Arriving at Trinity Church, Phil turned into Wall Street, looking about
+ him in a desultory way, for he was at present out of business. Men and
+ boys were hurrying by in different directions, to and from banks and
+ insurance offices, while here and there a lawyer or lawyer&rsquo;s clerk might
+ be seen looking no less busy and preoccupied. If Phil had had three
+ thousand dollars instead of three, he, too, might have been interested in
+ the price of gold and stocks; but his financial education had been
+ neglected, and he could not have guessed within twenty the day&rsquo;s
+ quotations for either.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As he walked along his attention was suddenly drawn to a pair of Italians,
+ a man and a girl of twelve, the former turning a hand-organ, the latter
+ playing a tambourine. There was nothing unusual in the group; but Phil&rsquo;s
+ heart beat quick for in the girl he thought he recognized a playmate from
+ the same village in which he was born and bred.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Lucia!&rdquo; he called, eagerly approaching the pair.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The girl turned quickly, and, seeing the young fiddler, let fall her
+ tambourine in surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo!&rdquo; she exclaimed, her eyes lighting up with the joy with which we
+ greet a friend&rsquo;s face in a strange land.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why did you drop your tambourine, scelerata?&rdquo; demanded the man, harshly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Lucia, a pretty, brown-faced girl, did not lose her joyful look even at
+ this rebuke. She stooped and picked up the tambourine, and began to play
+ mechanically, but continued to speak to Filippo.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How long are you in the city?&rdquo; asked Phil, speaking, of course, in his
+ native language.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Only two weeks,&rdquo; answered Lucia. &ldquo;I am so glad to see you, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When did you come from Italy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I cannot tell. I think it is somewhere about two months.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And did you see my mother before you came away?&rdquo; asked Phil, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Filippo, I saw her. She told me if I saw you to say that she longed
+ for her dear boy to return; that she thought of him day and night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did she say that, Lucia?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And is my mother well?&rdquo; asked Phil, anxiously, for he had a strong love
+ for his mother.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;She is well, Filippo&mdash;she is not sick, but she is thin, and she
+ looks sad.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will go and see her some day,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;I wish I could see her now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When will you go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know; when I am older.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But where is your fiddle, Filippo?&rdquo; asked Lucia. &ldquo;Do you not play?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Filippo glanced at the organ-grinder, whom he did not dare to take into
+ his confidence. So he answered, evasively:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Another boy took it. I shall get another this afternoon.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you with the padrone?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come, Lucia,&rdquo; said the man, roughly, ceasing to play, &ldquo;we must go on.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Lucia followed her companion obediently, reluctant to leave Phil, with
+ whom she desired to converse longer; but the latter saw that her guardian
+ did not wish the conversation to continue, and so did not follow.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This unexpected meeting with Lucia gave him much to think of. It carried
+ back his thoughts to his humble, but still dear, Italian home, and the
+ mother from whom he had never met with anything but kindness, and a
+ longing to see both made him for the moment almost sad. But he was
+ naturally of a joyous temperament, and hope soon returned.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will save money enough to go home,&rdquo; he said to himself. &ldquo;It will not
+ take very much&mdash;not more than fifty dollars. I can get it soon if I
+ do not have to pay money to the padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As may be inferred, Phil did not expect to return home in style. A
+ first-class ticket on a Cunarder was far above his expectations. He would
+ be content to go by steerage all the way, and that could probably be done
+ for the sum he named. So his sadness was but brief, and be soon became
+ hopeful again.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was aroused from his thoughts of home by a hand laid familiarly on his
+ shoulder. Turning, he saw a bootblack, whose adventures have been
+ chronicled in the volume called &ldquo;Ragged Dick.&rdquo; They had become acquainted
+ some three months before, Dick having acted as a protector to Phil against
+ some rough boys of his own class.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Been buyin&rsquo; stocks?&rdquo; asked Dick.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know what they are,&rdquo; said Phil, innocently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;re a green one,&rdquo; said Dick. &ldquo;I shall have to take you into my bankin&rsquo;
+ house and give you some training in business.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you got a bankin&rsquo; house?&rdquo; asked Phil, in surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In course I have. Don&rsquo;t you see it?&rdquo; pointing to an imposing-looking
+ structure in front of which they were just passing. &ldquo;My clerks is all hard
+ to work in there, while I go out to take the air for the benefit of my
+ constitushun.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked puzzled, not quite understanding Dick&rsquo;s chaffing, and looked
+ rather inquiringly at the blacking box, finding it a little difficult to
+ understand why a banker on so large a scale should be blacking boots in
+ the street.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shine your boots, sir?&rdquo; said Dick to a gentleman just passing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Not now; I&rsquo;m in a hurry.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Blackin&rsquo; boots is good exercise,&rdquo; continued Dick, answering the doubt in
+ Phil&rsquo;s face. &ldquo;I do it for the benefit of my health, thus combinin&rsquo; profit
+ with salubriousness.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can&rsquo;t understand such long words,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know much
+ English.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would talk to you in Italian,&rdquo; said Dick, &ldquo;only it makes my head ache.
+ What&rsquo;s come of your fiddle? You haven&rsquo;t sold it, and bought Erie shares,
+ have you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A boy stole it from me, and broke it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;d like to lick him. Who was it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think his name was Tim Rafferty.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I know him,&rdquo; said Dick. &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give him a lickin&rsquo; next time I see him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can you?&rdquo; asked Phil, doubtfully, for his enemy was as large as Dick.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In course I can. My fists are like sledge-hammers. Jest feel my muscle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Dick straightened out his arm, and Phil felt of the muscle, which was hard
+ and firm.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s as tough as a ten-year-old chicken,&rdquo; said Dick. &ldquo;It won&rsquo;t be healthy
+ for Tim to come round my way. What made him steal your fiddle? He ain&rsquo;t
+ goin&rsquo; into the musical line, is he?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He was angry because I didn&rsquo;t want to lend it to him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Just then Tim Rafferty himself turned the corner. There was a lull in his
+ business, and he was wandering along the street eating an apple.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There he is,&rdquo; said Phil, suddenly espying his enemy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Dick looked up, and saw with satisfaction that Phil was right. Tim had not
+ yet espied either, nor did he till Dick addressed him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you round collectin&rsquo; fiddles this mornin&rsquo;?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Tim looked up, and, seeing that his victim had found an able champion,
+ felt anxious to withdraw. He was about to turn back, but Dick advanced
+ with a determined air.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Jest stop a minute, Tim Rafferty,&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;I&rsquo;m a-goin&rsquo; to intervoo you
+ for the Herald. That&rsquo;s what they do with all the big rascals nowadays.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;m in a hurry,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s what the pickpocket said when the cop was gently persuadin&rsquo; him to
+ go to the Tombs, but the cop didn&rsquo;t see it. I want the pleasure of your
+ society a minute or two. I hear you&rsquo;re in the music business.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, I&rsquo;m not,&rdquo; said Tim, shortly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What made you borrer this boy&rsquo;s fiddle, then?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know anything about it,&rdquo; said Tim, in a fright.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Some folks forgets easy,&rdquo; returned Dick. &ldquo;I know a man what went into
+ Tiffany&rsquo;s and took up a watch to look at, and carried it off, forgettin&rsquo;
+ to pay for it. That&rsquo;s what he told the judge the next day, and the judge
+ sent him to the island for a few months to improve his memory. The air
+ over to the island is very good to improve the memory.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You ought to know,&rdquo; said Tim, sullenly; &ldquo;you&rsquo;ve been there times enough.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have I?&rdquo; said Dick. &ldquo;Maybe you saw me there. Was it the ninth time you
+ were there, or the tenth?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I never was there,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Maybe it was your twin brother.&rdquo; suggested Dick. &ldquo;What made you break my
+ friend&rsquo;s fiddle? He wouldn&rsquo;t have minded it so much, only it belonged to
+ his grandfather, a noble count, who made boots for a livin&rsquo;.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t believe he had a fiddle at all,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s where your forgetfulness comes in,&rdquo; said Dick &ldquo;Have you forgot the
+ lickin&rsquo; I gave you last summer for stealin&rsquo; my blackin&rsquo; box?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You didn&rsquo;t lick me,&rdquo; said Tim.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I&rsquo;ll lick you harder next time,&rdquo; said Dick.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You ain&rsquo;t able,&rdquo; said Tim, who, glancing over his shoulder, saw the
+ approach of a policeman, and felt secure.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will be soon,&rdquo; said Dick, who also observed the approach of the
+ policeman. &ldquo;I&rsquo;d do it now, only I&rsquo;ve got to buy some gold for a friend of
+ mine. Just let me know when it&rsquo;s perfectly convenient to take a lickin&rsquo;.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Tim shuffled off, glad to get away unharmed, and Dick turned to Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give him a lickin&rsquo; the first time I catch him, when there isn&rsquo;t a
+ cop around,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil left his friend at this point, for he saw by the clock on Trinity
+ spire that it was time to go back to join Paul Hoffman, as he had agreed.
+ I may here add that Phil&rsquo;s wrongs were avenged that same evening, his
+ friend, Dick, administered to Tim the promised &ldquo;lickin&rsquo;&rdquo; with such good
+ effect that the latter carried a black eye for a week afterwards.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XV
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL&rsquo;S NEW PLANS
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ As the clock struck twelve Phil reached the necktie stand of his friend,
+ Paul Hoffman.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Just in time,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;Are you hungry?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A little.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s right. You&rsquo;re going to dine with me; and I want you to bring a
+ good appetite with you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What will your mother say?&rdquo; asked Phil, doubtfully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Wait and see. If you don&rsquo;t like what she says you can go off without
+ eating. Where have you been?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I went down to Wall Street.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;On business?&rdquo; inquired Paul, with a smile.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Phil, seriously. &ldquo;I saw Lucia.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is she?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I forgot. You don&rsquo;t know Lucia. She lived in my home in Italy, and I used
+ to play with her. She told me of my mother.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s lucky, Phil. I hope your mother is well.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;She is not sick, but she is thin. She thinks of me,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Of course she does. You will go home and see her some day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope so.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Of course you will,&rdquo; said Paul, confidently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I saw the boy who stole my fiddle,&rdquo; continued Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Tim Rafferty?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What did he say?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was with a bootblack&mdash;the one they call &lsquo;Ragged Dick.&rsquo; Do you know
+ him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes; I know Dick. He is a bully fellow, always joking.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Dick wanted to lick him, but a policeman came, and he went away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Does Dick know that he stole your fiddle?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then he will be sure to punish him. It will save me the trouble.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The walk was not long. Soon they were at Paul&rsquo;s door.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have brought company to dinner, mother,&rdquo; said Paul, entering first.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am glad to see you, Phil,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman. &ldquo;Why have you not come
+ before?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How is that, Phil? Will you stay now?&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mrs. Hoffman looked at Paul inquiringly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Phil was afraid he would not be welcome,&rdquo; he exclaimed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is always welcome,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is your fiddle?&rdquo; asked Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A boy took it,&rdquo; said Phil, &ldquo;and threw it into the street, and a wagon
+ went over it and broke it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Jimmy was quite indignant for his friend, when the story had been told.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s lucky for Tim Rafferty that he is not here,&rdquo; said Paul, &ldquo;or he might
+ suffer.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If I was a big boy I&rsquo;d lick him,&rdquo; said Jimmy, belligerently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I never saw you so warlike before, Jimmy,&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ To Phil this sympathy seemed pleasant. He felt that he was in the midst of
+ friends, and friends were not so plentiful as not to be valued.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What are you going to have for dinner, mother?&rdquo; asked Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am sorry, Paul, that I have no warm meat. I have some cold roast beef,
+ some hot potatoes, and an apple pudding.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You needn&rsquo;t apologize, mother. That&rsquo;s good enough for anybody. It&rsquo;s as
+ good as Phil gets at his boarding house, I am sure. He has got rather
+ tired of it, and isn&rsquo;t going to stay.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you going to leave the padrone?&rdquo; asked Mrs. Hoffman, with interest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signora,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will he let you go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall run away,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You see, mother, Phil would be sure of a beating if he went home without
+ his fiddle. Now he doesn&rsquo;t like to be beaten, and the padrone gives harder
+ beatings than you do, mother.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I presume so,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman, smiling. &ldquo;I do not think I am very
+ severe.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, you spoil the rod and spare the child.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is Phil going to stay in the city?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; the padrone would get hold of him if he did. He is going to New
+ Jersey to make his fortune.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But he will need a fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am going to lend him money enough to buy one. I know a pawnbroker who
+ has one for sale. I think I can get it for three or four dollars. When
+ Phil gets it he is going around giving concerts. How much can you make in
+ a day, Phil?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sometimes I make two dollars,&rdquo; answered Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is excellent, especially when you are your own padrone. You will be
+ able to save up money. You will have to buy a pocketbook, Phil.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where will you sleep, Phil?&rdquo; asked Jimmy, interested.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders. He had not thought of that question
+ particularly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I can sleep anywhere.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Of course he will stop at the first-class hotels, Jimmy,&rdquo; said Paul,
+ &ldquo;like all men of distinction. I shouldn&rsquo;t wonder if he married an heiress
+ in six months, and went back to Italy on a bridal tour.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is too young to be married,&rdquo; said Jimmy, who, it will be perceived,
+ understood everything literally.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know but he is,&rdquo; said Paul, &ldquo;but he isn&rsquo;t too old to be hungry.
+ So, mother, whenever dinner is ready we shall be.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is all ready except peeling the potatoes, Paul.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We can do that ourselves. It is good exercise, and will sharpen our
+ appetites. You will have to eat fast or there won&rsquo;t be much left. Jimmy is
+ the most tremendous eater I ever saw, and won&rsquo;t leave much for the rest of
+ us, if we give him the chance.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, Paul,&rdquo; expostulated Jimmy, feeling aggrieved at this charge, &ldquo;you
+ know I don&rsquo;t eat as much as you do.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Hear him talk, Phil. I don&rsquo;t eat more than enough to keep a fly alive.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It must be a pretty large fly, Paul,&rdquo; said Jimmy, slyly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good joke, Jimmy. Mother, you must give Jimmy twelve potatoes to-day
+ instead of the ten he usually eats.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, Paul, how can you tell such stories?&rdquo; exclaimed Jimmy, shocked at
+ such an extravagant assertion. Phil laughed, for there was something
+ ludicrous in the idea of Jimmy, who was a slight boy of seven, making away
+ with such a large quantity, and the little boy began to see that it was a
+ joke at his expense.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The dinner went off well. All had a good appetite, and did full justice to
+ Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s cookery. The pudding in particular was pronounced a
+ success. It was so flaky and well-seasoned, and the sauce, flavored with
+ lemon, was so good, that everyone except Mrs. Hoffman took a second piece.
+ For the first time since he had left Italy, Phil felt the uncomfortable
+ sensation of having eaten too much. However, with the discomfort was the
+ pleasant recollection of a good dinner, and to the mind of the little
+ fiddler the future brightened, as it is very apt to do under such
+ circumstances, and he felt ready to go out and achieve his fortune.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why won&rsquo;t you stop with us to-night, Phil, and start on your journey
+ to-morrow?&rdquo; asked Mrs. Hoffman. &ldquo;I am sure Jimmy would be glad of your
+ company.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Phil, stay,&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil hesitated. It was a tempting invitation, but, on the other hand, if
+ he remained in the city till the next day he might be in danger from the
+ padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He expressed this fear.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am afraid the padrone would catch me,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, he won&rsquo;t. You can go out with me and buy the fiddle now, and then
+ come back and play to mother and Jimmy. To-morrow morning I will go with
+ you to the Jersey City Ferry myself, and if we meet the padrone, I&rsquo;ll give
+ him a hint to be off.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil still hesitated, but finally yielded to the united request. But it
+ was now one o&rsquo;clock, and Paul must be back to his business. Phil took his
+ cap and went with him to purchase the fiddle, promising to come back
+ directly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They went into Chatham Street, and soon halted before a small shop, in
+ front of which were three gilt balls, indicating that it was a
+ pawnbroker&rsquo;s shop.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Entering, they found themselves in a small apartment, about twelve feet
+ front by twenty in depth, completely filled with pawnable articles in
+ great variety a large part, however, consisting of clothing; for when the
+ poor have occasion to raise money at a pawnbroker&rsquo;s, they generally find
+ little in their possession to pawn except their clothing. Here was a
+ shawls pawned for a few shillings by a poor woman whose intemperate
+ husband threw the burden of supporting two young children upon her. Next
+ to it was a black coat belonging to a clerk, who had been out of
+ employment for three months, and now was out of money also. Here was a
+ child&rsquo;s dress, pawned by the mother in dire necessity to save the child
+ from starving. There was a plain gold ring, snatched by a drunken husband
+ from the finger of his poor wife, not to buy food, but to gratify his
+ insatiable craving for drink.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Over this scene of confusion presided a little old man with blear eyes and
+ wrinkled face, but with a sharp glance, fully alive to his own interests.
+ He was an Englishman born, but he had been forty years in America. He will
+ be remembered by those who have read &ldquo;Paul the Peddler.&rdquo; Though nearly as
+ poverty-stricken in appearance as his poorest customers, the old man was
+ rich, if reports were true. His business was a very profitable one,
+ allowing the most exorbitant rates of interest, and, being a miser, he
+ spent almost nothing on himself, so that his hoards had increased to a
+ considerable amount.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He looked up sharply, as Paul and Phil entered, and scanned them closely
+ with his ferret-like eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XVI
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE FASHIONABLE PARTY
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Eliakim Henderson, for this was the pawnbroker&rsquo;s name, did not remember
+ Paul, though on one occasion our hero had called upon him. Nearly all his
+ customers came to pawn articles, not to purchase, and Eliakim naturally
+ supposed that the two boys had come on this errand. Before entering, Paul
+ said to Phil, &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t say anything; leave me to manage.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As they entered, Phil espied a fiddle hanging up behind the counter, and
+ he saw at a glance that it was better than the one he had been accustomed
+ to play upon. But to his surprise, Paul did not refer to it at first.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What will you give me on this coat?&rdquo; asked Paul, indicating the one he
+ had on.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had no intention of selling it, but preferred to come to the fiddle
+ gradually, that the pawnbroker might not think that was his main object,
+ and so charge an extra price.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eliakim scanned the garment critically. It was nearly new and in excellent
+ condition, and he coveted it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will give you a dollar,&rdquo; said he, naming a price low enough to advance
+ upon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is too little,&rdquo; said Paul, shaking his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I might give you fifty cents more, but I should lose if you didn&rsquo;t redeem
+ it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think you would. I paid ten dollars for it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But it is old.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, it isn&rsquo;t; I have only had it a few weeks.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much do you want on it?&rdquo; asked Eliakim, scanning Paul sharply, to see
+ how much he seemed in want of money.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want any to-day. If I should want some next week, I will come
+ in.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It will be older next week,&rdquo; said Eliakim, not wanting to lose the
+ bargain, for he hoped it would not be redeemed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Never mind; I can get along till then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can I do no business with you this morning?&rdquo; asked Eliakim, disappointed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know,&rdquo; said Paul, looking carelessly around. &ldquo;My friend here
+ would like a fiddle, if he can get one cheap. What do you ask for that one
+ up there?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eliakim took down the fiddle with alacrity. He had had it on hand for a
+ year without securing a customer. It had originally been pawned by a poor
+ musician, for a dollar and a quarter, but the unfortunate owner had never
+ been able to redeem it. Among his customers, the pawnbroker had not found
+ one sufficiently musical to take it off his hands. Here was a slight
+ chance, and he determined to effect a sale if he could.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is a splendid instrument,&rdquo; he said, enthusiastically, brushing off the
+ dust with a dirty cotton handkerchief. &ldquo;I have had many chances to sell
+ it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why didn&rsquo;t you sell it, then?&rdquo; demanded Paul, who did not believe a word
+ of this.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Because it was only pawned. I kept it for the owner.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, well; if you can&rsquo;t sell it, it doesn&rsquo;t matter.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is for sale now,&rdquo; said Eliakim, quickly. &ldquo;He has not come for it, and
+ I shall keep it no longer. Just try it. See what a sp-l-endid instrument
+ it is!&rdquo; said the pawnbroker, dwelling on the adjective to give emphasis to
+ it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul tried it, but not knowing how to play, of course created only
+ discord. He did not offer it to Phil, because the young Italian boy would
+ have made it sound too well and so enhanced the price.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It don&rsquo;t sound very well,&rdquo; said he, indifferently; &ldquo;but I suppose it will
+ do to learn on. What do you want for it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Five dollars,&rdquo; said Eliakim, studying the face of Paul, to observe the
+ effect of his announcement.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Five dollars,&rdquo; repeated Paul. &ldquo;Take it back, then, and wait till A. T.
+ Stewart wants one. I haven&rsquo;t got five dollars to throw away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But the pawnbroker did not expect to get his first price. He named it, in
+ order to have a chance to fall.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Stay,&rdquo; he said, as Paul made a motion to leave; &ldquo;what will you give me
+ for it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give you a dollar and a half,&rdquo; said Paul, turning back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A dollar and a half!&rdquo; exclaimed Eliakim, holding up both hands in horror.
+ &ldquo;Do you want to ruin me?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, I think you want to ruin me. I am willing to pay a fair price.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You may have it for three dollars and a half.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No doubt you&rsquo;d be glad to get that. Come, Phil, we&rsquo;ll go.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Stay; you may have it for three dollars, though I shall lose by it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So should I, if I paid you that price. I can wait till some other time.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But Eliakim did not intend to let this chance slip. He had found the
+ fiddle rather unsalable, and feared if he lost his chance of disposing of
+ it, it might remain on his hands for a year more. He was willing,
+ therefore, to take less than the profit he usually calculated upon in the
+ sale of articles which remained unredeemed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You may have it for two dollars and a half,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As far as Paul could judge, though he did not know much about the price of
+ violins, this was a reasonable price. But he knew that Eliakim must have
+ got it for considerably less, or he would not so soon have come down to
+ this sum. He did not hesitate, therefore, to try to get it a little
+ cheaper.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give you two dollars and a quarter,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;and not a penny
+ more.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Eliakim tried hard to get ten cents more, but Paul saw that he was sure of
+ his purchase, and remained obdurate. So, after a pretense of putting up
+ the fiddle, the pawnbroker finally said, &ldquo;You may have it, but I tell you
+ that I shall lose money.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;All right,&rdquo; said Paul; &ldquo;hand it over.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is the money?&rdquo; asked Eliakim, cautiously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul drew from his pocket a two-dollar bill and twenty-five cents in
+ currency, and received the fiddle. The pawnbroker scrutinized the money
+ closely, fearing that it might be bad; but finally, making up his mind on
+ that point, deposited it in his money drawer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Phil, we may as well go,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;We&rsquo;ve got through our
+ business.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The pawnbroker heard this, and a sudden suspicion entered his mind that
+ Paul had been too sharp for him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I might have got twenty-five cents more,&rdquo; he thought regretfully; and
+ this thought disturbed the complacency he felt at first.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Phil, how do you like it?&rdquo; asked Paul, as they emerged into the
+ street.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Let me try it,&rdquo; said Phil, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He struck up a tune, which he played through, his face expressing the
+ satisfaction he felt.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is it as good as your old one?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is much better,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;I will pay you for it;&rdquo; and he drew out
+ the money the sailors had given him in the morning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, Phil,&rdquo; said his friend, &ldquo;you may need that money. Keep it, and pay me
+ when you have more.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But I shall be away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You will come to the city some day. When you do you will know where to
+ find me. Now go and play a tune to Jimmy. He is waiting for you. If you
+ remain in the streets, your old enemy, Tim Rafferty, may want to borrow
+ your fiddle again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are very kind to me, Paolo,&rdquo; said Phil, raising his dark eyes with a
+ sudden impulse of gratitude.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s nothing, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, modestly; &ldquo;you would do the same for me
+ if I needed it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, I would,&rdquo; said Phil; &ldquo;but I am poor, and I cannot help you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You won&rsquo;t be poor always, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, cheerfully, &ldquo;nor I either, I
+ hope. I mean to be a merchant some time on a bigger scale than now. As for
+ you, you will be a great player, and give concerts at the Academy of
+ Music.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil laughed, but still seemed pleased at the prophecy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Phil, I must bid you good-by for a little while, or my clerks will
+ be cheating me. I will see you at supper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Addio, Paolo,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Addio,&rdquo; said Paul, laughing. &ldquo;Wouldn&rsquo;t I make a good Italian?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul returned to his stand, and Phil took the direction of Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s
+ rooms. While on his way he heard the sound of a hand-organ, and, looking
+ across the way, saw, with some uneasiness, his old enemy Pietro, playing
+ to a crowd of boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope he won&rsquo;t see me,&rdquo; said Phil to himself.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was afraid Pietro would remember his old violin, and, seeing the
+ difference in the instrument he now had, inquire how he got it. He might,
+ if not satisfied on this point, take Phil home with him, which would be
+ fatal to his plans. He thought it prudent, therefore, to turn down the
+ next street, and get out of sight as soon as possible. Fortunately for him
+ Pietro had his back turned, so that he did not observe him. Nothing would
+ have pleased him better than to get the little fiddler into trouble, for,
+ besides being naturally malicious, he felt that an exhibition of zeal in
+ his master&rsquo;s service would entitle him to additional favors at the hands
+ of the padrone, whom he hoped some day to succeed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, what a beautiful fiddle!&rdquo; said Jimmy, in admiration, as Phil
+ reappeared. &ldquo;Do you think I could play on it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shook his head, smiling.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t let Jimmy have it. He would only spoil it,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman. &ldquo;I
+ don&rsquo;t think he would succeed as well in music as in drawing.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you play something?&rdquo; asked Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil willingly complied, and for half an hour held Jimmy entranced with
+ his playing. The little boy then undertook to teach Phil how to draw, but
+ at this Phil probably cut as poor a figure as his instructor would have
+ done at playing on the violin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So the afternoon wore away, happily for all three, and at five Paul made
+ his appearance. When supper was over Phil played again, and this
+ attracting the attention of the neighbors, Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s rooms were
+ gradually filled with visitors, who finally requested Phil to play some
+ dancing tunes. Finding him able to do so, an impromptu dance was got up,
+ and Mrs. Hoffman, considerably to her surprise, found that she was giving
+ a dancing-party. Paul, that nothing might be left out, took a companion
+ with him and they soon reappeared with cake and ice cream, which were
+ passed around amid great hilarity; and it was not until midnight that the
+ last visitor went out, and the sound of music and laughter was hushed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are getting fashionable in your old age, mother,&rdquo; said Paul, gayly.
+ &ldquo;I think I shall send an account of your party to the Home Journal.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I believe it is usual to describe the dresses of the ladies,&rdquo; said Mrs.
+ Hoffman, smiling.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, yes, I won&rsquo;t forget that. Just give me a piece of paper and see how I
+ will do it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul, whose education, I repeat here, was considerably above that of most
+ boys in his position, sat down and hastily wrote the following
+ description, which was read to the great amusement of his auditors:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mrs. Hoffman, mother of the well-known artist, Jimmy Hoffman, Esq., gave
+ a fashionable party last evening. Her spacious and elegant apartments were
+ crowded with finely dressed gentlemen and ladies from the lower part of
+ the city. Signor Filippo, the great Italian musician, furnished the music.
+ Mrs. Hoffman appeared in a costly calico dress, and had a valuable gold
+ ring on one of her fingers. Her son, the artist, was richly dressed in a
+ gray suit, purchased a year since. Miss Bridget Flaherty, of Mott Street,
+ was the belle of the occasion, and danced with such grace and energy that
+ the floor came near giving away beneath her fairy tread. [Miss Flaherty,
+ by the way, weighed one hundred and eighty pounds.] Mr. Mike Donovan,
+ newspaper merchant, handed round refreshments with his usual graceful and
+ elegant deportment. Miss Matilda Wiggins appeared in a magnificent print
+ dress, imported from Paris by A. T. Stewart, and costing a shilling a
+ yard. No gloves were worn, as they are now dispensed with in the best
+ society. At a late hour the guests dispersed. Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s party will
+ long be remembered as the most brilliant of the season.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I did not know you had so much talent for reporting, Paul,&rdquo; said his
+ mother. &ldquo;You forgot one thing, however.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is that?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You said nothing of yourself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I was too modest, mother. However, if you insist upon it, I will do so.
+ Anything at all to please you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul resumed his writing and in a short time had the following:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Among those present we observed the handsome and accomplished Paul
+ Hoffman, Esq., the oldest son of the hostess. He was elegantly dressed in
+ a pepper-and-salt coat and vest, blue necktie, and brown breeches, and
+ wore a six-cent diamond breastpin in the bosom of his shirt. His
+ fifteen-cent handkerchief was perfumed with cologne which he imported
+ himself at a cost of ten cents per bottle. He attracted general
+ admiration.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You seem to have got over your modesty, Paul,&rdquo; said his mother.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am sleepy,&rdquo; said Jimmy, drowsily rubbing his eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As this expressed the general feeling, they retired to bed at once, and in
+ half an hour were wandering in the land of dreams.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XVII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE PADRONE IS ANXIOUS
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ The next morning Paul and Phil rose later that usual. They slept longer,
+ in order to make up for the late hour at which they retired. As they sat
+ down to breakfast, at half-past eight, Paul said: &ldquo;I wonder whether the
+ padrone misses you, Phil?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil; &ldquo;he will be very angry because I did not come back last
+ night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will he think you have run away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not know. Some of the boys stay away sometimes, because they are too
+ far off to come home.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then he may expect you to-night. I suppose he will have a beating ready
+ for you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, he would beat me very hard,&rdquo; said Phil, &ldquo;if he thought I did not
+ mean to come back.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to go and tell him that he need not expect you. I should
+ like to see how he looks.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He might beat you, too, Paolo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to see him try it,&rdquo; said Paul, straightening up with a
+ consciousness of strength. &ldquo;He might find that rather hard.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked admiringly at the boy who was not afraid of the padrone. Like
+ his comrades, he had been accustomed to think of the padrone as possessed
+ of unlimited power, and never dreamed of anybody defying him, or resisting
+ his threats. Though he had determined to run away, his soul was not free
+ from the tyranny of his late taskmaster, and he thought with uneasiness
+ and dread of the possibility of his being conveyed back to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, mother,&rdquo; said Paul, glancing at the clock as he rose from the
+ breakfast table, &ldquo;it is almost nine o&rsquo;clock&mdash;rather a late hour for a
+ business man like me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are not often so late, Paul.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is lucky that I am my own employer, or I might run the risk of being
+ discharged. I am afraid the excuse that I was at Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s
+ fashionable party would not be thought sufficient. I guess I won&rsquo;t have
+ time to stop to shave this morning.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You haven&rsquo;t got anything to shave,&rdquo; said Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be envious, Jimmy. I counted several hairs this morning. Well,
+ Phil, are you ready to go with me? Don&rsquo;t forget your fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When shall we see you again, Philip?&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not know,&rdquo; said the little minstrel.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shall you not come to the city sometimes?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am afraid the padrone would catch me,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Whenever you do come, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, &ldquo;come right to me. I will take
+ care of you. I don&rsquo;t think the padrone will carry us both off, and he
+ would have to take me if he took you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-by, Philip,&rdquo; said Mrs. Hoffman, offering her hand. &ldquo;I hope you will
+ prosper.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So do I, Phil,&rdquo; said Jimmy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil thus took with him the farewells and good wishes of two friends who
+ had been drawn to him by his attractive face and good qualities. He could
+ not help wishing that he might stay with them permanently, but he knew
+ that this could not be. To remain in the same city with the padrone was
+ out of the question.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile we return to the house which Phil had forsaken, and inquire what
+ effect was produced by his non-appearance.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was the rule of the establishment that all the boys should be back by
+ midnight. Phil had generally returned an hour before that time. When,
+ therefore, it was near midnight, the padrone looked uneasily at the clock.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you seen Filippo?&rdquo; he asked, addressing his nephew.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore,&rdquo; answered Pietro. &ldquo;Filippo has not come in.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you think he has run away?&rdquo; asked the padrone, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you any reason to think he intended to run away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should not like to lose him. He brings me more money than most of the
+ boys.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He may come in yet.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When he does,&rdquo; said the padrone, frowning, &ldquo;I will beat him for being so
+ late. Is there any boy that he would be likely to tell, if he meant to run
+ away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Pietro, with a sudden thought, &ldquo;there is Giacomo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The sick boy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes. Filippo went in this morning to speak to him. He might have told him
+ then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is true. I will go and ask him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo still lay upon his hard pallet, receiving very little attention.
+ His fever had increased, and he was quite sick. He rolled from one side to
+ the other in his restlessness. He needed medical attention, but the
+ padrone was indifferent, and none of the boys would have dared to call a
+ doctor without his permission. As he lay upon his bed, the padrone entered
+ the room with a hurried step.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is Giacomo?&rdquo; he demanded, harshly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here I am, signore padrone,&rdquo; answered the little boy, trembling, as he
+ always did when addressed by the tyrant.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did Filippo come and speak with you this morning, before he went out?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What did he say?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He asked me how I felt.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What did you tell him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I told him I felt sick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Nothing more?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I told him I thought I should die.&rsquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Nonsense!&rdquo; said the padrone, harshly; &ldquo;you are a coward. You have a
+ little cold, that is all. Did he say anything about running away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t tell me a lie!&rdquo; said the tyrant, frowning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I tell you the truth, signore padrone. Has not Filippo come home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not think he has run away,&rdquo; said the little boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why not?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think he would tell me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So you two are friends, are you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore; I love Filippo,&rdquo; answered Giacomo, speaking the last words
+ tenderly, and rather to himself than to the padrone. He looked up to Phil,
+ though little older than himself, with a mixture of respect and devotion,
+ leaning upon him as the weak are prone to lean upon the strong.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you will be glad to hear,&rdquo; said the padrone, with a refinement of
+ cruelty, &ldquo;that I shall beat him worse than last night for staying out so
+ late.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t beat him, padrone,&rdquo; pleaded Giacomo, bursting into tears. &ldquo;Perhaps
+ he cannot come home.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did he ever speak to you of running away?&rdquo; asked the padrone, with a
+ sudden thought.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo hesitated. He could not truthfully deny that Filippo had done so,
+ but he did not want to get his friend into trouble. He remained silent,
+ looking up at the tyrant with troubled eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why do you not speak? Did you hear my question?&rdquo; asked the padrone, with
+ a threatening gesture.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Had the question been asked of some of the other boys present, they would
+ not have scrupled to answer falsely; but Giacomo had a religious nature,
+ and, neglected as he had been, he could not make up his mind to tell a
+ falsehood. So, after a pause, he faltered out a confession that Phil had
+ spoken of flight.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you hear that, Pietro?&rdquo; said the padrone, turning to his nephew. &ldquo;The
+ little wretch has doubtless run away.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shall I look for him to-morrow?&rdquo; asked Pietro, with alacrity, for to him
+ it would be a congenial task to drag Phil home, and witness the
+ punishment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Pietro. I will tell you where to go in the morning. We must have him
+ back, and I will beat him so that he will not dare to run away again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone would have been still more incensed could he have looked into
+ Mrs. Hoffman&rsquo;s room and seen the little fiddler the center of a merry
+ group, his brown face radiant with smiles as he swept the chords of his
+ violin. It was well for Phil that he could not see him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XVIII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL ELUDES HIS PURSUER
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Phil had already made up his mind where to go. Just across the river was
+ New Jersey, with its flourishing towns and cities, settled to a large
+ extent by men doing business in New York. The largest of these cities was
+ Newark, only ten miles distant. There Phil decided to make his first stop.
+ If he found himself in danger of capture he could easily go farther. This
+ plan Paul approved, and it was to be carried into execution immediately.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will go down to the Cortlandt Street Ferry with you, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to have you, if it will not take you from your business,
+ Paolo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My business can wait,&rdquo; said Paul. &ldquo;I mean to see you safe out of the
+ city. The padrone may be in search of you already.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think he will send Pietro to find me,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is Pietro?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil explained that Pietro was the padrone&rsquo;s nephew and assisted in
+ oppressing the boys.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope he will send him,&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked up in surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to see this Pietro. What would he do if he should find
+ you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He would take me back.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you did not want to go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I couldn&rsquo;t help it,&rdquo; said Phil, shrugging his shoulders. &ldquo;He is much
+ bigger than I.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he bigger than I am?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think he is as big.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He isn&rsquo;t big enough to take you away if I am with you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul did not say this boastfully, but with a quiet confidence in his own
+ powers in which he was justified. Though by no means quarrelsome, he had
+ on several occasions been forced in self-defense into a contest with boys
+ of his own size, and in some instances larger, and in every case he had
+ acquitted himself manfully, and come off victorious.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should not be afraid if you were with me, Paolo,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are right, Phil,&rdquo; said Paul, approvingly. &ldquo;But here we are at the
+ ferry.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Cortlandt Street is a short distance below the Astor House, and leads to
+ the ferry, connecting on the other side with trains bound for Philadelphia
+ and intermediate places.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul paid the regular toll, and passed through the portal with Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you going with me?&rdquo; asked the little fiddler, in surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Only to Jersey City, Phil. There might be some of your friends on board
+ the boat. I want to see you safe on the cars. Then I must leave you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are very kind, Paolo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are a good little chap, Phil, and I mean to help you. But the boat is
+ about ready to start. Let us go on board.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They walked down the pier, and got on the boat a minute before it started.
+ They did not pass through to the other end, but, leaning against the side,
+ kept their eyes fixed on the city they were about to leave. They had not
+ long to wait. The signal was heard, and the boat started leisurely from
+ the pier. It was but ten feet distant, when the attention of Paul and Phil
+ was drawn to a person running down the drop in great haste. He evidently
+ wanted to catch the boat, but was too late.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil clutched at Paul&rsquo;s arm, and pointed to him in evident excitement.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is Pietro,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At that moment Pietro, standing on the brink, caught sight of the boy he
+ was pursuing, looking back at him from the deck of the ferry-boat. A look
+ of exultation and disappointment swept over his face as he saw Phil, but
+ realized that he was out of his reach. He had a hand-organ with him, and
+ this had doubtless encumbered him, and prevented his running as fast as he
+ might otherwise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So that is Pietro, is it?&rdquo; said Paul, regarding him attentively in order
+ to fix his face in his memory.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Paolo,&rdquo; said Phil, his eyes fixed nervously upon his pursuer, who
+ maintained his place, and was watching him with equal attention.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are not frightened, Phil, are you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil admitted that he was.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He will come over in the next boat,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But he will not know where you are.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He will seek me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will he? Then I think he will be disappointed. The cars will start on the
+ other side before the next boat arrives. I found out about that before we
+ started.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil felt relieved by this intelligence, but still he was nervous. Knowing
+ well Pietro&rsquo;s malice, he dreaded the chances of his capturing him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He stays there. He does not go away,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It will do him no good, Phil. He is like a cat watching a canary bird
+ beyond his reach. I don&rsquo;t think he will catch you to-day.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He may go in the cars, too,&rdquo; suggested Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is true. On the whole, Phil, when you get to Newark, I advise you to
+ walk into the country. Don&rsquo;t stay in the city. He might find you there.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will do what you say, Paolo. It will be better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They soon reached the Jersey shore. The railroad station was close by.
+ They went thither at once, and Phil bought a ticket for Newark.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How soon will the cars start?&rdquo; inquired Paul of a railway official.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In five minutes,&rdquo; was the answer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then, Phil, I advise you to get into the cars at once. Take a seat on the
+ opposite side, though there is no chance of your being seen by Pietro, who
+ will get here too late. Still, it is best to be on the safe side. I will
+ stay near the ferry and watch Pietro when he lands. Perhaps I will have a
+ little conversation with him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will go, Paolo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, good-by, Phil, and good luck,&rdquo; said Paul, cheerfully. &ldquo;If you ever
+ come to New York, come to see me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Paolo, I will be sure to come.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And, Phil, though I don&rsquo;t think you will ever fall into the power of that
+ old brute again (I am sure you won&rsquo;t if you take good care of yourself),
+ still, if he does get you back again, come to me the first chance you get,
+ and I will see what I can do for you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you, Paolo. I will remember your kindness always,&rdquo; said the little
+ fiddler, gratefully.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is all right, Phil. Good-by!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-by!&rdquo; said Phil, and, shaking the hand of his new friend, he ascended
+ the steps, and took a seat on the opposite side, as Paul had recommended.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am sorry to part with Phil,&rdquo; said Paul to himself. &ldquo;He&rsquo;s a fine little
+ chap, and I like him. If ever that old brute gets hold of him again, he
+ shan&rsquo;t keep him long. Now, Signor Pietro, I&rsquo;ll go back and see you on your
+ arrival.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was right in supposing that Pietro would take passage on the next
+ boat. He waited impatiently on the drop till it touched, and sprang on
+ board. He cursed the interval of delay, fearing that it would give Phil a
+ chance to get away. However, there was no help for this. Time and tide
+ wait for no man, but it often happens that we are compelled to wait for
+ them. But at length the boat touched the Jersey shore, and Pietro sprang
+ out and hurried to the gates, looking eagerly on all sides for a possible
+ glimpse of the boy he sought. He did not see him, for the cars were
+ already on their way, but his eyes lighted up with satisfaction as they
+ lighted on Paul, whom he recognized as the companion of Phil. He had seen
+ him talking to the little fiddler. Probably he would know where he had
+ gone. He walked up to Paul, who was standing near, and, touching his cap,
+ said: &ldquo;Excuse me, signore, but have you seen my little brother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your little brother?&rdquo; repeated Paul, deliberately.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore, a little boy with a fiddle. He was so high;&rdquo; and Pietro
+ indicated the height of Phil correctly by his hand.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There was a boy came over in the boat with me,&rdquo; said Paul.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, yes; he is the one, signore,&rdquo; said Pietro, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And he is your brother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s a lie,&rdquo; thought Paul, &ldquo;I should know it even if Phil had not told
+ me. Phil is a handsome little chap. He wouldn&rsquo;t have such a
+ villainous-looking brother as you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can you tell me where he has gone?&rdquo; asked Pietro, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Didn&rsquo;t he tell you where he was going?&rdquo; asked Paul, in turn.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think he means to run away,&rdquo; said Pietro. &ldquo;Did you see where he went?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why should he want to run away?&rdquo; asked Paul, who enjoyed tantalizing
+ Pietro, who he saw was chafing with impatience. &ldquo;Did you not treat him
+ well?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is a little rascal,&rdquo; said Pietro. &ldquo;He is treated well, but he is a
+ thief.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And you are his brother,&rdquo; repeated Paul, significantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you see where he went?&rdquo; asked Pietro, getting angry. &ldquo;I want to take
+ him back to his father.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How should I know?&rdquo; returned Paul, coolly. &ldquo;Do you think I have nothing
+ to do but to look after your brother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why didn&rsquo;t you tell me that before?&rdquo; said Pietro, incensed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t get mad,&rdquo; said Paul, indifferently; &ldquo;it won&rsquo;t do you any good.
+ Perhaps, if you look round, you will see your brother. I&rsquo;ll tell him you
+ want him if I see him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro looked at Paul suspiciously. It struck him that the latter might be
+ making a fool of him, but Paul looked so utterly indifferent that he could
+ judge nothing from his appearance. He concluded that Phil was wandering
+ about somewhere in Jersey City.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It did not occur to him that he might have taken the cars for some more
+ distant place. At any rate, there seemed no chance of getting any
+ information out of Paul. So he adjusted his hand-organ and walked up the
+ street leading from the ferry, looking sharply on either side, hoping to
+ catch a glimpse of the runaway; but, of course, in vain.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think you&rsquo;ll find Phil to-day, Signor Pietro,&rdquo; said Paul to
+ himself, as he watched his receding form. &ldquo;Now, as there is nothing more
+ to be done here, I will go back to business.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XIX
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PIETRO&rsquo;S PURSUIT
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ The distance from New York to Newark is but ten miles. Phil had been there
+ once before with an older boy. He was at no loss, therefore, as to the
+ proper place to get out. He stepped from the cars and found himself in a
+ large depot. He went out of a side door, and began to wander about the
+ streets of Newark. Now, for the first time, he felt that he was working
+ for himself, and the feeling was an agreeable one. True, he did not yet
+ feel wholly secure. Pietro might possibly follow in the next train. He
+ inquired at the station when the next train would arrive.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In an hour,&rdquo; was the reply.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It would be an hour, therefore, before Pietro could reach Newark.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He decided to walk on without stopping till he reached the outskirts of
+ the city, and not venture back till nightfall, when there would be little
+ or no danger.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Accordingly he plodded on for an hour and a half, till he came where the
+ houses were few and scattered at intervals. In a business point of view
+ this was not good policy, but safety was to be consulted first of all. He
+ halted at length before a grocery store, in front of which he saw a small
+ group of men standing. His music was listened to with attention, but when
+ he came to pass his cap round afterward the result was small. In fact, to
+ be precise, the collection amounted to but eight cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How&rsquo;s business, boy?&rdquo; asked a young man who stood at the door in his
+ shirt-sleeves, and was evidently employed in the grocery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That is all I have taken,&rdquo; said Phil, showing the eight cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you come from New York this morning?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you haven&rsquo;t got enough to pay for your ticket yet?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shrugged his shoulders.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t believe you&rsquo;ll make your fortune out here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was of precisely the same opinion, but kept silent.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You would have done better to stay in New York.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ To this also Phil mentally assented, but there were imperative reasons, as
+ we know, for leaving the great city.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was already half-past twelve, and Phil began, after his walk, to feel
+ the cravings of appetite. He accordingly went into the grocery and bought
+ some crackers and cheese, which he sat down by the stove and ate.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you going farther?&rdquo; asked the same young man who had questioned him
+ before.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall go back to Newark to-night,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Let me try your violin.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can you play?&rdquo; asked Phil, doubtfully, for he feared that an unpracticed
+ player might injure the instrument.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, I can play. I&rsquo;ve got a fiddle at home myself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Our hero surrendered his fiddle to the young man, who played passably.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ve got a pretty good fiddle,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I think it&rsquo;s better than
+ mine. Can you play any dancing tunes?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil knew one or two, and played them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you were not going back to Newark, I should like to have you play with
+ me this evening. I don&rsquo;t have anybody to practice with.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would not know where to sleep,&rdquo; said Phil, hesitatingly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, we&rsquo;ve got beds enough in our house. Will you stay?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil reflected that he had no place to sleep in Newark except such as he
+ might hire, and decided to accept the offer of his new friend.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;This is my night off from the store,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t got to come
+ back after supper. Just stay around here till six o&rsquo;clock. Then I&rsquo;ll take
+ you home and give you some supper, and then we&rsquo;ll play this evening.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil had no objection to this arrangement. In fact, it promised to be an
+ agreeable one for him. As he was sure of a supper, a bed and breakfast,
+ there was no particular necessity for him to earn anything more that day.
+ However, he went out for an hour or two, and succeeded in collecting
+ twenty-five cents. He realized, however, that it was not so easy to pick
+ up pennies in the country as in the city&mdash;partly because population
+ is sparser and partly because, though there is less privation in the
+ country, there is also less money.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A little before six Phil&rsquo;s new friend, whose name he ascertained was Edwin
+ Grover, washed his hands, and, putting on his coat, said &ldquo;Come along,
+ Phil.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil, who had been sitting near the stove, prepared to accompany him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We haven&rsquo;t got far to go,&rdquo; said Edwin, who was eighteen. &ldquo;I am glad of
+ that, for the sooner I get to the supper table the better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After five minutes&rsquo; walk they stopped at a comfortable two-story house
+ near the roadside.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s where I put up,&rdquo; said Edwin.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He opened the door and entered, followed by Phil, who felt a little
+ bashful, knowing that he was not expected.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have you got an extra plate, mother?&rdquo; asked Edwin. &ldquo;This is a professor
+ of the violin, who is going to help me make some music this evening.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is welcome,&rdquo; said Mrs. Grover, cheerfully, &ldquo;We can make room for him.
+ He is an Italian, I suppose. What is your name?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will call you Philip. I suppose that is the English name. Will you lay
+ down your violin and draw up to the fire?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not cold,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is not cold, he is hungry, as Ollendorf says,&rdquo; said Edwin, who had
+ written a few French exercises according to Ollendorf&rsquo;s system. &ldquo;Is supper
+ almost ready?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It will be ready at once. There is your father coming in at the front
+ gate, and Henry with him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. Grover entered, and Phil made the acquaintance of the rest of the
+ family. He soon came to feel that he was a welcome guest, and shared in
+ the family supper, which was well cooked and palatable. Then Edwin brought
+ out his fiddle, and the two played various tunes. Phil caught one or two
+ new dancing tunes from his new friend, and in return taught him an Italian
+ air. Three or four people from a neighboring family came in, and a little
+ impromptu dance was got up. So the evening passed pleasantly, and at
+ half-past ten they went to bed, Phil sleeping in a little room adjoining
+ that in which the brothers Edwin and Harry slept.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After breakfast the next morning Phil left the house, with a cordial
+ invitation to call again when he happened to be passing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Before proceeding with his adventures, we must go back to Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He, as we know, failed to elicit any information from Paul likely to guide
+ him in his pursuit of Phil. He was disappointed. Still, he reflected that
+ Phil had but a quarter of an hour&rsquo;s start of him&mdash;scarcely that,
+ indeed&mdash;and if he stopped to play anywhere, he would doubtless easily
+ find him. There was danger, of course, that he would turn off somewhere,
+ and Pietro judged it best to inquire whether such a boy had passed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Seeing two boys playing in the street, he inquired: &ldquo;Have you seen
+ anything of my little brother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What does he look like?&rdquo; inquired one.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is not quite so large as you. He had a fiddle with him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, I haven&rsquo;t seen him. Have you, Dick?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said the other, &ldquo;there was a boy went along with a fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This was true, but, as we know, it was not Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you see where he went?&rdquo; demanded Pietro, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Straight ahead,&rdquo; was the reply.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Lured by the delusive hope these words awakened, Pietro went on. He did
+ not stop to play on his organ. He was too intent on finding Phil. At
+ length, at a little distance before him, he saw a figure about the size of
+ Phil, playing on the violin. He hurried forward elated, but when within a
+ few yards he discovered to his disappointment that it was not Phil, but a
+ little fiddler of about his size. He was in the employ of a different
+ padrone. He was doubtless the one the boy had seen.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Disappointed, Pietro now turned back, and bent his steps to the ferry. But
+ he saw nothing of Phil on the way.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would like to beat him, the little wretch!&rdquo; he said to himself,
+ angrily. &ldquo;If I had not been too late for the boat, I would have easily
+ caught him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It never occurred to Pietro that Phil might have taken the cars for a more
+ distant point, as he actually did. The only thing he could think of, for
+ he was not willing to give up the pursuit, was to go back. He remained in
+ Jersey City all day, wandering about the streets, peering here and there;
+ but he did not find Phil, for a very good reason.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone awaited his report at night with some impatience. Phil was one
+ of the smartest boys he had, and he had no mind to lose him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did you find him, Pietro?&rdquo; he asked as soon as his nephew entered his
+ presence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I saw him,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then why did you not bring him back?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro explained the reason. His uncle listened attentively.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Pietro, you are a fool,&rdquo; he said, at length.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why am I a fool?&rdquo; asked Pietro, sullenly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Because you sought Filippo where he is not.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is he?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He did not stop in Jersey City. He went farther. He knew that you were on
+ his track. Did you ask at the station if such a boy bought a ticket?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I did not think of it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you were a fool.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you want me to do?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;To-morrow you must go to Newark. That is the first large town. I must
+ have Filippo back.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will go,&rdquo; said Pietro, briefly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was mortified at the name applied to him by his uncle, as well as by
+ the fact of Phil&rsquo;s having thus far outwitted him. He secretly determined
+ that when he did get him into his power he would revenge himself for all
+ the trouble to which he had been put, and there was little doubt that he
+ would keep his word.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XX
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PIETRO&rsquo;S DISAPPOINTMENT
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Though Phil had not taken in much money during the first day of
+ independence, he had more than paid his expenses. He started on the second
+ day with a good breakfast, and good spirits. He determined to walk back to
+ Newark, where he might expect to collect more money than in the suburbs.
+ If he should meet Pietro he determined not to yield without a struggle.
+ But he felt better now than at first, and less afraid of the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nine o&rsquo;clock found him again in Newark. He soon came to a halt, and began
+ to play. A few paused to listen, but their interest in music did not
+ extend so far as to affect their pockets. Phil passed around his hat in
+ vain. He found himself likely to go unrewarded for his labors. But just
+ then he noticed a carriage with open door, waiting in front of a
+ fashionable dry-goods store. Two ladies had just come out and taken their
+ seats preparatory to driving off, when Phil stepped up bareheaded and held
+ his cap. He was an unusually attractive boy, and as he smiled one of the
+ ladies, who was particularly fond of children, noticed him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What a handsome boy!&rdquo; she said to her companion.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Some pennies for music,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How old are you?&rdquo; asked the lady.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Twelve years.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Just the age of my Johnny. If I give you some money what will you do with
+ it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will buy dinner,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I never give to vagrants,&rdquo; said the second lady, a spinster of uncertain
+ age, who did not share her niece&rsquo;s partiality for children.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t his fault if he is a vagrant, Aunt Maria,&rdquo; said the younger
+ lady.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have no doubt he is a thief,&rdquo; continued Aunt Maria, with acerbity.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am not a thief,&rdquo; said Phil, indignantly, for he understood very well
+ the imputation, and he replaced his cap on his head.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t believe you are,&rdquo; said the first lady; &ldquo;here, take this,&rdquo; and she
+ put in his hand twenty-five cents.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you, signora,&rdquo; said Phil, with a grateful smile.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That money is thrown away,&rdquo; said the elderly lady; &ldquo;you are very
+ indiscriminate in your charity, Eleanor.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is better to give too much than too little, Aunt Maria, isn&rsquo;t it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You shouldn&rsquo;t give to unworthy objects.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How do you know this boy is an unworthy object?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is a young vagrant.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Can he help it? It is the way he makes his living.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The discussion continued, but Phil did not stop to hear it. He had
+ received more than he expected, and now felt ready to continue his
+ business. One thing was fortunate, and relieved him from the anxiety which
+ he had formerly labored under. He was not obliged to obtain a certain sum
+ in order to escape a beating at night. He had no master to account to. He
+ was his own employer, as long as he kept out of the clutches of the
+ padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil continued to roam about the streets very much after the old fashion,
+ playing here and there as he thought it expedient. By noon he had picked
+ up seventy-five cents, and felt very well satisfied with his success. But
+ if, as we are told, the hour that is darkest is just before day, it also
+ happens sometimes that danger lies in wait for prosperity, and danger
+ menaced our young hero, though he did not know it. To explain this, we
+ must go back a little.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ When Pietro prepared to leave the lodging-house in the morning, the
+ padrone called loudly to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Pietro,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;you must find Filippo today.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where shall I go?&rdquo; asked Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Go to Newark. Filippo went there, no doubt, while you, stupid that you
+ are, went looking for him in Jersey City. You have been in Newark before?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, signore padrone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Very good; then you need no directions.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If I do not find him in Newark, where shall I go?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is in Newark,&rdquo; said the padrone, confidently. &ldquo;He will not leave it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He judged that Phil would consider himself safe there, and would prefer to
+ remain in a city rather than go into the country.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will do my best,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I expect you to bring him back to-night.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to do so,&rdquo; said Pietro, and he spoke the truth. Apart from
+ his natural tendency to play the tyrant over smaller boys, he felt a
+ personal grudge against Phil for eluding him the day before, and so
+ subjecting him to the trouble of another day&rsquo;s pursuit, besides the
+ mortification of incurring a reprimand from his uncle. Never did agent
+ accept a commission more readily than Pietro accepted that of catching and
+ bringing Filippo to the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Leaving the lodging-house he walked down to the ferry at the foot of
+ Cortlandt Street, and took the first train for Newark. It was ten o&rsquo;clock
+ before he reached the city. He had nothing in particular to guide him, but
+ made up his mind to wander about all day, inquiring from time to time if
+ anyone had seen his little brother, describing Phil. After a while his
+ inquiries were answered in the affirmative, and he gradually got on the
+ track of our hero.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At twelve o&rsquo;clock Phil went into a restaurant, and invested thirty cents
+ in a dinner. As the prices were low, he obtained for this sum all he
+ desired. Ten minutes afterward, as he was walking leisurely along with
+ that feeling of tranquil enjoyment which a full stomach is apt to give,
+ Pietro turned the corner behind him. No sooner did the organ-grinder catch
+ sight of his prey, than a fierce joy lighted up his eyes, and he quickened
+ his pace.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Ah, scelerato, I have you now,&rdquo; he exclaimed to himself. &ldquo;To-night you
+ shall feel the stick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But opportunely for himself Phil looked behind him. When he saw Pietro at
+ but a few rods&rsquo; distance his heart stood still with sudden fright, and for
+ an instant his feet were rooted to the ground. Then the thought of escape
+ came to him, and he began to run, not too soon.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Stop!&rdquo; called out Pietro. &ldquo;Stop, or I will kill you!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But Phil did not comprehend the advantage of surrendering himself to
+ Pietro. He understood too well how he would be treated, if he returned a
+ prisoner. Instead of obeying the call, he only sped on the faster. Now
+ between the pursuer and the pursued there was a difference of six years,
+ Pietro being eighteen, while Phil was but twelve. This, of course, was in
+ Pietro&rsquo;s favor. On the other hand, the pursuer was encumbered by a
+ hand-organ, which retarded his progress, while Phil had only a violin,
+ which did not delay him at all. This made their speed about equal, and
+ gave Phil a chance to escape, unless he should meet with some
+ interruption.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Stop!&rdquo; called Pietro, furiously, beginning to realize that the victory
+ was not yet won.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked over his shoulder, and, seeing that Pietro was no nearer, took
+ fresh courage. He darted round a corner, with his pursuer half a dozen
+ rods behind him. They were not in the most frequented parts of the city,
+ but in a quarter occupied by two-story wooden houses. Seeing a front door
+ open, Phil, with a sudden impulse, ran hastily in, closing the door behind
+ him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A woman with her sleeves rolled up, who appeared to have taken her arms
+ from the tub, hearing his step, came out from the back room.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do ye want?&rdquo; she demanded, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Save me!&rdquo; cried Phil, out of breath. &ldquo;Someone is chasing me. He is bad.
+ He will beat me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The woman&rsquo;s sympathies were quickly enlisted. She had a warm heart, and
+ was always ready to give aid to the oppressed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Whist, darlint, run upstairs, and hide under the bed. I&rsquo;ll send him off
+ wid a flea in his ear, whoever he is.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was quick to take the hint. He ran upstairs, and concealed himself as
+ directed. While he was doing it, the lower door, which he had shut, was
+ opened by Pietro. He was about to rush into the house, but the muscular
+ form of Phil&rsquo;s friend stood in his way.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Out wid ye!&rdquo; said she, flourishing a broom, which she had snatched up.
+ &ldquo;Is that the way you inter a dacint woman&rsquo;s house, ye spalpeen!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I want my brother,&rdquo; said Pietro, drawing back a little before the amazon
+ who disputed his passage.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Go and find him, thin!&rdquo; said Bridget McGuire, &ldquo;and kape out of my house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But he is here,&rdquo; said Pietro, angrily; &ldquo;I saw him come in.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then, one of the family is enough,&rdquo; said Bridget. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want another.
+ Lave here wid you!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give me my brother, then!&rdquo; said Pietro, provoked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know anything of your brother. If he looks like you, he&rsquo;s a
+ beauty, sure,&rdquo; returned Mrs. McGuire.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you let me look for him?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Faith and I won&rsquo;t. You may call him if you plase.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro knew that this would do very little good, but there seemed nothing
+ else to do.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo!&rdquo; he called; &ldquo;come here. The padrone has sent for you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What was ye sayin&rsquo;?&rdquo; demanded Bridget not comprehending the Italian.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I told my brother to come.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you can go out and wait for him,&rdquo; said she. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t want you in the
+ house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was very angry. He suspected that Phil was in the rear room, and
+ was anxious to search for him. But Bridget McGuire was in the way&mdash;no
+ light, delicate woman, but at least forty pounds heavier than Pietro.
+ Moreover, she was armed with a broom, and seemed quite ready to use it.
+ Phil was fortunate in obtaining so able a protector. Pietro looked at her,
+ and had a vague thought of running by her, and dragging Phil out if he
+ found him. But Bridget was planted so squarely in his path that this
+ course did not seem very practicable.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you give me my brother?&rdquo; demanded Pietro, forced to use words where
+ he would willingly have used blows.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t got your brother.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is in this house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thin he may stay here, but you shan&rsquo;t,&rdquo; said Bridget, and she made a
+ sudden demonstration with the broom, of so threatening a character that
+ Pietro hastily backed out of the house, and the door was instantly bolted
+ in his face.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXI
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE SIEGE
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ When the enemy had fairly been driven out of the house Mrs. McGuire went
+ upstairs in search of Phil. Our hero had come out from his place of
+ concealment, and stood at the window.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is Pietro?&rdquo; he asked, as his hostess appeared in the chamber.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I druv him out of the house,&rdquo; said Bridget, triumphantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then he won&rsquo;t come up here?&rdquo; interrogated Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s I that would like to see him thry it,&rdquo; said Mrs. McGuire, shaking
+ her head in a very positive manner, &ldquo;I&rsquo;d break my broom over his back
+ first.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil breathed freer. He saw that he was rescued from immediate danger.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is he now?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s outside watching for you. He&rsquo;ll have to wait till you come out.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;May I stay here till he goes?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sure, and you may,&rdquo; said the warm-hearted Irishwoman. &ldquo;You&rsquo;re as welcome
+ as flowers in May. Are you hungry?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, thank you,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;I have eaten my dinner.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Won&rsquo;t you try a bit of bread and cold mate now?&rdquo; she asked, hospitably.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are very kind,&rdquo; said Phil, gratefully, &ldquo;but I am not hungry. I only
+ want to get away from Pietro.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is that the haythen&rsquo;s name? Sure I niver heard it before.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is Peter in English.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And has he got the name of the blessed St. Peter, thin? Sure, St. Peter
+ would be mightily ashamed of him. And is he your brother, do you say?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He said he was; but I thought it was a wicked lie when he said it. He&rsquo;s
+ too bad, sure, to be a brother of yours. But I must go down to my work. My
+ clothes are in the tub, and the water will get cold.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you be kind enough to tell me when he goes away?&rdquo; asked Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Sure I will. Rest aisy, darlint. He shan&rsquo;t get hold of you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro&rsquo;s disappointment may be imagined when he found that the victim whom
+ he had already considered in his grasp was snatched from him in the very
+ moment of his triumph. He felt nearly as much incensed at Mrs. McGuire as
+ at Phil, but against the former he had no remedy. Over the stalwart
+ Irishwoman neither he nor the padrone had any jurisdiction, and he was
+ compelled to own himself ignominiously repulsed and baffled. Still all was
+ not lost. Phil must come out of the house some time, and when he did he
+ would capture him. When that happy moment arrived he resolved to inflict a
+ little punishment on our hero on his own account, in anticipation of that
+ which awaited him from his uncle, the padrone. He therefore took his
+ position in front of the house, and maintained a careful watch, that Phil
+ might not escape unobserved.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So half an hour passed. He could hear no noise inside the house, nor did
+ Phil show himself at any of the windows. Pietro was disturbed by a sudden
+ suspicion. What if, while he was watching, Phil had escaped by the back
+ door, and was already at a distance!
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This would be quite possible, for as he stood he could only watch the
+ front of the house. The rear was hidden from his view. Made uneasy by this
+ thought, he shifted his ground, and crept stealthily round on the side, in
+ the hope of catching a view of Phil, or perhaps hearing some conversation
+ between him and his Amazonian protector by which he might set at rest his
+ suddenly formed suspicions.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He was wrong, however. Phil was still upstairs. He was disposed to be
+ cautious, and did not mean to leave his present place of security until he
+ should be apprised by his hostess that Pietro had gone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Bridget McGuire kept on with her washing. She had been once to the front
+ room, and, looking through the blinds, had ascertained that Pietro was
+ still there.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;ll have to wait long enough,&rdquo; she said to herself, &ldquo;the haythen! It&rsquo;s
+ hard he&rsquo;ll find it to get the better of Bridget McGuire.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She was still at her tub when through the opposite window on the side of
+ the house she caught sight of Pietro creeping stealthily along, as we have
+ described.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll be even wid him,&rdquo; said Bridget to herself exultingly. &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tache
+ him to prowl around my house.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She took from her sink near by a large, long-handled tin dipper, and
+ filled it full of warm suds from the tub. Then stealing to the window, she
+ opened it suddenly, and as Pietro looked up, suddenly launched the
+ contents in his face, calling forth a volley of imprecations, which I
+ would rather not transfer to my page. Being in Italian, Bridget did not
+ exactly understand their meaning, but guessed it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is it there ye are?&rdquo; she said, in affected surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why did you do that?&rdquo; demanded Pietro, finding enough English to express
+ his indignation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why did I do it?&rdquo; repeated Bridget. &ldquo;How would I know that you were
+ crapin&rsquo; under my windy? It serves ye right, anyhow. I don&rsquo;t want you
+ here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Send out my brother, then,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;There&rsquo;s no brother of yours inside,&rdquo; said Mrs. McGuire.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a lie!&rdquo; said Pietro, angrily stamping his foot.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you want it ag&rsquo;in?&rdquo; asked Bridget, filling her dipper once more from
+ the tub, causing Pietro to withdraw hastily to a greater distance. &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t
+ you tell Bridget McGuire that she lies.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;My brother is in the house,&rdquo; reiterated Pietro, doggedly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is no brother of yours&mdash;he says so.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He lies,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shure and it&rsquo;s somebody else lies, I&rsquo;m thinkin&rsquo;,&rdquo; said Bridget.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he in the house?&rdquo; demanded Pietro, finding it difficult to argue with
+ Phil&rsquo;s protector.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t see him,&rdquo; said Bridget, shrewdly, turning and glancing round the
+ room.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll call the police,&rdquo; said Pietro, trying to intimidate his adversary.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish you would,&rdquo; she answered, promptly. &ldquo;It would save me the trouble.
+ I&rsquo;ll make a charge against you for thryin&rsquo; to break into my house; maybe
+ you want to stale something.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was getting disgusted. Mrs. McGuire proved more unmanageable than
+ he anticipated. It was tantalizing to think that Phil was so near him, and
+ yet out of his reach. He anathematized Phil&rsquo;s protector in his heart, and
+ I am afraid it would have gone hard with her if he could have had his
+ wishes fulfilled. He was not troubled to think what next to say, for
+ Bridget suddenly terminated the interview by shutting down the window with
+ the remark: &ldquo;Go away from here! I don&rsquo;t want you lookin&rsquo; in at my windy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro did not, however, go away immediately. He moved a little further to
+ the rear, having a suspicion that Phil might escape from the door at the
+ back. While he was watching here, he suddenly heard the front door open,
+ and shut with a loud sound. He ran to the front, thinking that Phil might
+ be taking flight from the street door, but it was only a ruse of Mrs.
+ McGuire, who rather enjoyed tantalizing Pietro. He looked carefully up and
+ down the street, but, seeing nothing of Phil, he concluded he must still
+ be inside. He therefore resumed his watch, but in some perplexity as to
+ where he ought to stand, in order to watch both front and rear. Phil
+ occasionally looked guardedly from the window in the second story, and saw
+ his enemy, but knew that as long as he remained indoors he was safe. It
+ was not very agreeable remaining in the chamber alone, but it was a great
+ deal better than falling into the clutches of Pietro, and he felt
+ fortunate to have found so secure a place of refuge.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro finally posted himself at the side of the house, where he could
+ command a view of both front and rear, and there maintained his stand
+ nearly underneath the window at which his intended prisoner was standing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As Phil was watching him, suddenly he heard steps, and Bridget McGuire
+ entered the chamber. She bore in her hand the same tin dipper before
+ noticed, filled with steaming hot water. Phil regarded her with some
+ surprise.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would you like to see some fun now?&rdquo; she asked, her face covered by a
+ broad smile.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Open the windy, aisy, so he won&rsquo;t hear.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil obeyed directions, and managed not to attract the attention of his
+ besieger below, who chanced at the moment to be looking toward the door in
+ the rear.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now,&rdquo; said Bridget, &ldquo;take this dipper and give him the binifit of it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t let him see you do it,&rdquo; cautioned his protector.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil took the idea and the dipper at once.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil, holding the dipper carefully, discharged the contents with such good
+ aim that they drenched the watching Pietro. The water being pretty hot, a
+ howl of pain and rage rose from below, and Pietro danced about
+ frantically. Looking up, he saw no one, for Phil had followed directions
+ and drawn his head in immediately. But Mrs. McGuire, less cautious, looked
+ out directly afterward.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will ye go now, or will ye stand jist where I throw the hot water?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In reply, Pietro indulged in some rather emphatic language, but being in
+ the Italian language, in which he was more fluent, it fell unregarded upon
+ the ears of Mrs. McGuire.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I told you to go,&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;I&rsquo;ve got some more wather inside.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro stepped back in alarm. He had no disposition to take another warm
+ shower bath, and he had found out to his cost that Bridget McGuire was not
+ a timid woman, or easily frightened.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But he had not yet abandoned the siege. He shifted his ground to the front
+ of the house, and took a position commanding a view of the front door.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE SIEGE IS RAISED
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Though Phil was the besieged party, his position was decidedly preferable
+ to that of Pietro. The afternoon was passing, and he was earning nothing.
+ He finally uncovered his organ and began to play. A few gathered around
+ him, but they were of that class with whom money is not plenty. So after a
+ while, finding no pennies forthcoming, he stopped suddenly, but did not
+ move on, as his auditors expected him to. He still kept his eyes fixed on
+ Mrs. McGuire&rsquo;s dwelling. He did this so long as to attract observation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You&rsquo;ll know the house next time, mister,&rdquo; said a sharp boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was about to answer angrily, when a thought struck him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you do something for me?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How much?&rdquo; inquired the boy, suggestively.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Five cents,&rdquo; answered Pietro, understanding his meaning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t much,&rdquo; said the boy, reflectively. &ldquo;Tell me what you want.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Though Pietro was not much of a master of English, he contrived to make
+ the boy understand that he was to go round to the back door and tell Mrs.
+ McGuire that he, Pietro, was gone. He intended to hide close by, and when
+ Phil came out, as he hoped, on the strength of his disappearance, he would
+ descend upon him and bear him off triumphantly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Armed with these instructions, the boy went round to the back door and
+ knocked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Thinking it might be Phil&rsquo;s enemy, Mrs. McGuire went to the door, holding
+ in one hand a dipper of hot suds, ready to use in case of emergency.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, what do you want?&rdquo; she asked, abruptly, seeing that it was a boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s gone,&rdquo; said the boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who&rsquo;s gone?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The man with the hand-organ, ma&rsquo;am.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And what for do I care?&rdquo; demanded Bridget, suspiciously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This was a question the boy could not answer. In fact, he wondered himself
+ why such a message should have been sent. He could only look at her in
+ silence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who told you to tell the man was gone?&rdquo; asked Bridget, with a shrewdness
+ worthy of a practitioner at the bar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The Italian told me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did he?&rdquo; repeated Bridget, who saw into the trick at once. &ldquo;He&rsquo;s very
+ kind.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He didn&rsquo;t want you to know he told me,&rdquo; said the boy, remembering his
+ instructions when it was too late.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mrs. McGuire nodded her head intelligently.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;True for you,&rdquo; said she. &ldquo;What did he pay you for tellin&rsquo; me?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Five cents.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thin it&rsquo;s five cints lost. Do you want to earn another five cints?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said the boy, promptly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thin do what I tell you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is it?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come in and I&rsquo;ll tell you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boy having entered, Mrs. McGuire led him to the front door.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now,&rdquo; said she, &ldquo;when I open the door, run as fast as you can. The man
+ that sint you will think it is another boy, and will run after you. Do ye
+ mind?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The young messenger began to see the joke, and was quite willing to help
+ carry it out. But even the prospective fun did not make him forgetful of
+ his promised recompense.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where&rsquo;s the five cents?&rdquo; he asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Here,&rdquo; said Bridget, and diving into the depths of a capacious pocket,
+ she drew out five pennies.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s all right,&rdquo; said the boy. &ldquo;Now, open the door.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Bridget took care to make a noise in opening the door, and, as it opened,
+ she said in a loud and exultant voice, &ldquo;You&rsquo;re all safe now; the man&rsquo;s
+ gone.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now run,&rdquo; she said, in a lower voice.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The boy dashed out of the doorway, but Mrs. McGuire remained standing
+ there. She was not much surprised to see Pietro run out from the other
+ side of the house, and prepare to chase the runaway. But quickly
+ perceiving that he was mistaken, he checked his steps, and turning, saw
+ Mrs. McGuire with a triumphant smile on her face.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why don&rsquo;t you run?&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;You can catch him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It isn&rsquo;t my brother,&rdquo; he answered, sullenly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought you was gone,&rdquo; she said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am waiting for my brother.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thin you&rsquo;ll have to wait. You wanted to chate me, you haythen! But
+ Bridget McGuire ain&rsquo;t to be took in by such as you. You&rsquo;d better lave
+ before my man comes home from his work, or he&rsquo;ll give you lave of absence
+ wid a kick.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Without waiting for an answer, Bridget shut the door, and bolted it&mdash;leaving
+ her enemy routed at all points.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In fact Pietro began to lose courage. He saw that he had a determined foe
+ to contend with. He had been foiled thus far in every effort to obtain
+ possession of Phil. But the more difficult the enterprise seemed, the more
+ anxious he became to carry it out successfully. He knew that the padrone
+ would not give him a very cordial reception if he returned without Phil,
+ especially as he would be compelled to admit that he had seen him, and had
+ nevertheless failed to secure him. His uncle would not be able to
+ appreciate the obstacles he had encountered, but would consider him in
+ fault. For this reason he did not like to give up the siege, though he saw
+ little hopes of accomplishing his object. At length, however, he was
+ obliged to raise the siege, but from a cause with which neither Phil nor
+ his defender had anything to do.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The sky, which had till this time been clear, suddenly darkened. In ten
+ minutes rain began to fall in large drops. A sudden shower, unusual at
+ this time of the year, came up, and pedestrians everywhere, caught without
+ umbrellas, fled panic-stricken to the nearest shelter. Twice before, as we
+ know, Pietro had suffered from a shower of warm water. This, though
+ colder, was even more formidable. Vanquished by the forces of nature,
+ Pietro shouldered his instrument and fled incontinently. Phil might come
+ out now, if he chose. His enemy had deserted his post, and the coast was
+ clear.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;ll make the haythen lave,&rdquo; thought Mrs. McGuire, who, though sorry
+ to see the rain on account of her washing, exulted in the fact that Pietro
+ was caught out in it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She went to the front door and looked out. Looking up the street, she just
+ caught a glimpse of the organ in rapid retreat. She now unbolted the door,
+ the danger being at an end, and went up to acquaint Phil with the good
+ news.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You may come down now,&rdquo; she said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he gone?&rdquo; inquired Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shure he&rsquo;s runnin&rsquo; up the street as fast as his legs can carry him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you for saving me from him,&rdquo; said, Phil, with a great sense of
+ relief at the flight of his enemy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Whisht now; I don&rsquo;t nade any thanks. Come down by the fire now.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So Phil went down, and Bridget, on hospitable thoughts intent, drew her
+ only rocking-chair near the stove, and forced Phil to sit down in it. Then
+ she told him, with evident enjoyment, of the trick which Pietro had tried
+ to play on her, and how he had failed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He couldn&rsquo;t chate me, the haythen!&rdquo; she concluded. &ldquo;I was too smart for
+ the likes of him, anyhow. Where do you live when you are at home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have no home now,&rdquo; said Phil, with tears in his eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And have you no father and mother?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;They live in Italy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And why did they let you go so far away?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They were poor, and the padrone offered them money,&rdquo; answered Phil,
+ forced to answer, though the subject was an unpleasant one.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And did they know he was a bad man and would bate you?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think they knew,&rdquo; said Phil, with hesitation. &ldquo;My mother did not
+ know.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ve got three childer myself,&rdquo; said Bridget; &ldquo;they&rsquo;ll get wet comin&rsquo;
+ home from school, the darlints&mdash;but I wouldn&rsquo;t let them go with any
+ man to a far country, if he&rsquo;d give me all the gowld in the world. And
+ where does that man live that trates you so bad?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;In New York.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And does Peter&mdash;or whatever the haythen&rsquo;s name is&mdash;live there
+ too?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, Pietro lives there. The padrone is his uncle, and treats him better
+ than the rest of us. He sent him after me to bring me back.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And what is your name? Is it Peter, like his?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; my name is Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It&rsquo;s a quare name.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;American boys call me Phil.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s better. It&rsquo;s a Christian name, and the other isn&rsquo;t. Before I
+ married my man I lived five years at Mrs. Robertson&rsquo;s, and she had a boy
+ they called Phil. His whole name was Philip.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That&rsquo;s my name in English.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then why don&rsquo;t you call it so, instead of Philip-O? What good is the O,
+ anyhow? In my country they put the O before the name, instead of to the
+ tail-end of it. My mother was an O&rsquo;Connor. But it&rsquo;s likely ivery country
+ has its own ways.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil knew very little of Ireland, and did not fully understand Mrs.
+ McGuire&rsquo;s philosophical remarks. Otherwise they might have amused him, as
+ they may possibly amuse my readers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I cannot undertake to chronicle the conversation that took place between
+ Phil and his hostess. She made numerous inquiries, to some of which he was
+ able to give satisfactory replies, to others not. But in half an hour
+ there was an interruption, and a noisy one. Three stout, freckled-faced
+ children ran in at the back door, dripping as if they had just emerged
+ from a shower-bath. Phil moved aside to let them approach the stove.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Forthwith Mrs. McGuire was engaged in motherly care, removing a part of
+ the wet clothing, and lamenting for the state in which her sturdy
+ offspring had returned. But presently order was restored, and the bustle
+ was succeeded by quiet.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Play us a tune,&rdquo; said Pat, the oldest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil complied with the request, and played tune after tune, to the great
+ delight of the children, as well as of Mrs. McGuire herself. The result
+ was that when, shortly after, on the storm subsiding, Phil proposed to go,
+ the children clamored to have him stay, and he received such a cordial
+ invitation to stop till the next morning that he accepted, nothing loath.
+ So till the next morning our young hero is provided for.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXIII
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ A PITCHED BATTLE
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Has my youthful reader ever seen a dog slinking home with downcast look
+ and tall between his legs? It was with very much the same air that Pietro
+ in the evening entered the presence of the padrone. He had received a
+ mortifying defeat, and now he had before him the difficult task of
+ acknowledging it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, Pietro,&rdquo; said the padrone, harshly, &ldquo;where is Filippo?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is not with me,&rdquo; answered Pietro, in an embarrassed manner.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Didn&rsquo;t you see him then?&rdquo; demanded his uncle, hastily.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ For an instant Pietro was inclined to reply in the negative, knowing that
+ the censure he would incur would be less. But Phil might yet be taken&mdash;he
+ probably would be, sooner or later, Pietro thought&mdash;and then his
+ falsehood would be found out, and he would in consequence lose the
+ confidence of the padrone. So, difficult though it was, he thought it
+ politic to tell the truth.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore, I saw him,&rdquo; said he.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then why didn&rsquo;t you drag him home?&rdquo; demanded his uncle, with contracted
+ brow. &ldquo;Didn&rsquo;t I tell you to bring him home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore, but I could not.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you not so strong as he, then?&rdquo; asked the padrone, with a sneer. &ldquo;Is
+ a boy of twelve more than a match for you, who are six years older?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I could kill him with my little finger,&rdquo; said Pietro, stung by this
+ taunt, and for the moment he looked as if he would like to do it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then you didn&rsquo;t want to bring him? Come, you are not too old for the
+ stick yet.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro glowed beneath his dark skin with anger and shame when these words
+ were addressed to him. He would not have cared so much had they been
+ alone, but some of the younger boys were present, and it shamed him to be
+ threatened in their presence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will tell you how it happened,&rdquo; he said, suppressing his anger as well
+ as he could, &ldquo;and you will see that I was not in fault.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Speak on, then,&rdquo; said his uncle; but his tone was cold and incredulous.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro told the story, as we know it. It will not be necessary to repeat
+ it. When he had finished, his uncle said, with a sneer, &ldquo;So you were
+ afraid of a woman. I am ashamed of you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What could I do?&rdquo; pleaded Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What could you do?&rdquo; repeated the padrone, furiously; &ldquo;you could push her
+ aside, run into the house, and secure the boy. You are a coward&mdash;afraid
+ of a woman!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was her house,&rdquo; said Pietro. &ldquo;She would call the police.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;So could you. You could say it was your brother you sought. There was no
+ difficulty. Do you think Filippo is there yet?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I do not know.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;To-morrow I will go with you myself,&rdquo; said the padrone. &ldquo;I see I cannot
+ trust you alone. You shall show me the house, and I will take the boy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was glad to hear this. It shifted the responsibility from his
+ shoulders, and he was privately convinced that Mrs. McGuire would prove a
+ more formidable antagonist than the padrone imagined. Whichever way it
+ turned out, he would experience a feeling of satisfaction. If the padrone
+ got worsted, it would show that he, Pietro, need not be ashamed of his
+ defeat. If Mrs. McGuire had to surrender at discretion, he would rejoice
+ in her discomfiture. So, in spite of his reprimand, he went to bed with
+ better spirits than he came home.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next morning Pietro and the padrone proceeded to Newark, as proposed.
+ Arrived there, the former led his uncle at once to the house of the
+ redoubtable Mrs. McGuire. It will be necessary for us to precede them.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Patrick McGuire was a laborer, and for some months past had had steady
+ work. But, as luck would have it, work ceased for him on the day in which
+ his wife had proved so powerful a protector to Phil. When he came home at
+ night he announced this.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Niver mind, Pat,&rdquo; said Mrs. McGuire, who was sanguine and hopeful, &ldquo;we&rsquo;ll
+ live somehow. I&rsquo;ve got a bit of money upstairs, and I&rsquo;ll earn something by
+ washing. We won&rsquo;t starve.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll get work ag&rsquo;in soon, maybe,&rdquo; said Pat, encouraged.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shure you will.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And if I don&rsquo;t, I&rsquo;ll help you wash,&rdquo; said her husband, humorously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shure you&rsquo;d spoil the clothes,&rdquo; said Bridget, laughing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the evening Phil played, and they had a merry time. Mr. McGuire quite
+ forgot that he was out of work, and, seizing his wife by the waist, danced
+ around the kitchen, to the great delight of the children.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next morning Phil thanked Mrs. McGuire for her kindness, and prepared
+ to go away.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why will you go?&rdquo; asked Bridget, hospitably. &ldquo;Shure we have room for you.
+ You can pay us a little for your atin&rsquo;, and sleep with the childer.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like it,&rdquo; said Phil, &ldquo;but&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;But what?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Pietro will come for me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And if he does, my Pat will kick him out of doors.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mr. McGuire was six feet in height, and powerfully made. There was no
+ doubt he could do it if he had the opportunity. But Phil knew that he must
+ go out into the streets and then Pietro might waylay him when he had no
+ protector at hand. He explained his difficulty to Mrs. McGuire, and she
+ proposed that he should remain close at hand all the forenoon; near enough
+ to fly to the house as a refuge, if needful. If Pietro did not appear in
+ that time, he probably would not at all.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil agreed to this plan, and accordingly began to play and sing in the
+ neighborhood, keeping a watchful lookout for the enemy. His earnings were
+ small, for the neighborhood was poor. Still, he picked up a few pennies,
+ and his store was increased by a twenty-five cent gift from a passing
+ gentleman. He had just commenced a new tune, being at that time ten rods
+ from the house, when his watchful eyes detected the approach of Pietro,
+ and, more formidable still, the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He did not stop to finish his tune, but took to his heels. At that moment
+ the padrone saw him. With a cry of exultation, he started in pursuit, and
+ Pietro with him. He thought Phil already in his grasp.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil dashed breathless into the kitchen, where Mrs. McGuire was ironing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matter?&rdquo; she asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The padrone&mdash;Pietro and the padrone!&rdquo; exclaimed Phil, pale with
+ affright.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mrs. McGuire took in the situation at once.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Run upstairs,&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;Pat&rsquo;s up there on the bed. He will see they
+ won&rsquo;t take you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil sprang upstairs two steps at a time, and dashed into the chamber. Mr.
+ McGuire was lying on the outside of the bed, peacefully smoking a clay
+ pipe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matther?&rdquo; he asked, repeating his wife&rsquo;s question.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;They have come for me,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Have they?&rdquo; said Pat. &ldquo;Then they&rsquo;ll go back, I&rsquo;m thinkin&rsquo;. Where are
+ they?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But there was no need of a reply, as their voices were already audible
+ from below, talking with Mrs. McGuire. The distance was so trifling that
+ they had seen Phil enter the house, and the padrone, having a contempt for
+ the physical powers of woman, followed boldly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They met Mrs. McGuire at the door.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you want?&rdquo; she demanded.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The boy,&rdquo; said the padrone. &ldquo;I saw him come in here.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Did ye? Your eyes is sharp thin.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She stood directly in the passage, so that neither could enter without
+ brushing her aside.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Send him out,&rdquo; said the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Faith, and I won&rsquo;t,&rdquo; said Bridget. &ldquo;He shall stay here as long as he
+ likes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will come in and take him,&rdquo; said the padrone, furiously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wouldn&rsquo;t advise ye to thry it,&rdquo; said Mrs. McGuire, coolly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Move aside, woman, or I will make you,&rdquo; said the Italian, angrily.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll stay where I am. Shure, it&rsquo;s my own house, and I have a right to do
+ it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Pietro,&rdquo; said the padrone, with sudden thought, &ldquo;he may escape from the
+ front door. Go round and watch it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By his sign Bridget guessed what he said, though it was spoken in Italian.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He won&rsquo;t run away,&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you where he is, if you want to
+ know.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where?&rdquo; asked the padrone, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He&rsquo;s upstairs, thin.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone would not be restrained any longer. He made a rush forward,
+ and, pushing Mrs. McGuire aside, sprang up the stairs. He would have found
+ greater difficulty in doing this, but Bridget, knowing her husband was
+ upstairs, made little resistance, and contented herself, after the padrone
+ had passed, with intercepting Pietro, and clutching him vigorously by the
+ hair, to his great discomfort, screaming &ldquo;Murther!&rdquo; at the top of her
+ lungs.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The padrone heard the cry, but in his impetuosity he did not heed it. He
+ expected to gain an easy victory over Phil, whom he supposed to be alone
+ in the chamber. He sprang toward him, but had barely seized him by the
+ arm, when the gigantic form of the Irishman appeared, and the padrone
+ found himself in his powerful grasp.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What business have ye here, you bloody villain?&rdquo; demanded Pat; &ldquo;breakin&rsquo;
+ into an honest man&rsquo;s house, without lave or license. I&rsquo;ll teach you
+ manners, you baste!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Give me the boy!&rdquo; gasped the padrone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You can&rsquo;t have him, thin!&rdquo; said Pat &ldquo;You want to bate him, you murderin&rsquo;
+ ould villain!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I&rsquo;ll have you arrested,&rdquo; said the padrone, furiously, writhing vainly to
+ get himself free. He was almost beside himself that Phil should be the
+ witness of his humiliation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will you, thin?&rdquo; demanded Pat. &ldquo;Thin the sooner you do it the betther.
+ Open the window, Phil!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil obeyed, not knowing why the request was made. He was soon
+ enlightened. The Irishman seized the padrone, and, lifting him from the
+ floor, carried him to the window, despite his struggles, and, thrusting
+ him out, let him drop. It was only the second story, and there was no
+ danger of serious injury. The padrone picked himself up, only to meet with
+ another disaster. A passing policeman had heard Mrs. McGuire&rsquo;s cries, and
+ on hearing her account had arrested Pietro, and was just in time to arrest
+ the padrone also, on the charge of forcibly entering the house. As the
+ guardian of the peace marched off with Pietro on one side and the padrone
+ on the other, Mrs. McGuire sat down on a chair and laughed till she cried.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Shure, they won&rsquo;t come for you again in a hurry, Phil, darlint!&rdquo; she
+ said. &ldquo;They&rsquo;ve got all they want, I&rsquo;m thinkin&rsquo;.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I may add that the pair were confined in the station-house over night, and
+ the next day were brought before a justice, reprimanded and fined.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXIV
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ THE DEATH OF GIACOMO
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ Great was the astonishment at the Italian lodging-house that night when
+ neither the padrone nor Pietro made his appearance. Great was the joy,
+ too, for the nightly punishments were also necessarily omitted, and the
+ boys had no one to pay their money to. There was another circumstance not
+ so agreeable. All the provisions were locked up, and there was no supper
+ for the hungry children. Finally, at half-past eleven, three boys, bolder
+ than the rest, went out, and at last succeeded in obtaining some bread and
+ crackers at an oyster saloon, in sufficient quantities to supply all their
+ comrades. After eating heartily they went to bed, and for one night the
+ establishment ran itself much more satisfactorily to the boys than if the
+ padrone had been present.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next morning the boys went out as usual, having again bought their
+ breakfast and dispersed themselves about the city and vicinity, heartily
+ hoping that this state of things might continue. But it was too good to
+ last. When they returned at evening they found their old enemy in command.
+ He looked more ill-tempered and sour than ever, but gave no explanation of
+ his and Pietro&rsquo;s absence, except to say that he had been out of the city
+ on business. He called for the boys&rsquo; earnings of the day previous, but to
+ their surprise made no inquiries about how they had supplied themselves
+ with supper or breakfast. He felt that his influence over the boys, and
+ the terror which he delighted to inspire in them, would be lessened if
+ they should learn that he had been arrested and punished. The boys were
+ accustomed to look upon him as possessed of absolute power over them, and
+ almost regarded him as above law.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro, too, was silent, partly for the same reasons which influenced the
+ padrone, partly because he was afraid of offending his uncle.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Meanwhile poor Giacomo remained sick. If he had been as robust and strong
+ as Phil, he would have recovered, but he was naturally delicate, and
+ exposure and insufficient food had done their work only too well.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Four days afterward (to advance the story a little) one of the boys came
+ to the padrone in the morning, saying: &ldquo;Signore padrone, Giacomo is much
+ worse. I think he is going to die.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Nonsense!&rdquo; said the padrone, angrily. &ldquo;He is only pretending to be sick,
+ so that he need not work. I have lost enough by him already.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nevertheless he went to the little boy&rsquo;s bedside.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo was breathing faintly. His face was painfully thin, his eyes
+ preternaturally bright. He spoke faintly, but his mind seemed to be
+ wandering.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is Filippo?&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;I want to see Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In this wish the padrone heartily concurred. He, too, would have been glad
+ to see Filippo, but the pleasure would not have been mutual.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Why do you want to see Filippo?&rdquo; he demanded, in his customary harsh
+ tone.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo heard and answered, though unconscious who spoke to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I want to kiss him before I die,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What makes you think you are going to die?&rdquo; said the tyrant, struck by
+ the boy&rsquo;s appearance.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am so weak,&rdquo; murmured Giacomo. &ldquo;Stoop down, Filippo. I want to tell you
+ something in your ear.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Moved by curiosity rather than humanity, the padrone stooped over, and
+ Giacomo whispered:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;When you go back to Italy, dear Filippo, go and tell my mother how I
+ died. Tell her not to let my father sell my little brother to a padrone,
+ or he may die far away, as I am dying. Promise me, Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ There was no answer. The padrone did indeed feel a slight emotion of pity,
+ but it was, unhappily, transient. Giacomo did not observe that the
+ question was not answered.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Kiss me, Filippo,&rdquo; said the dying boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One of the boys who stood nearby, with tears in his eyes, bent over and
+ kissed him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Giacomo smiled. He thought it was Filippo. With that smile on his face, he
+ gave one quick gasp and died&mdash;a victim of the padrone&rsquo;s tyranny and
+ his father&rsquo;s cupidity.(1)
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+ (1) It is the testimony of an eminent Neapolitan physician
+ (I quote from Signor Casali, editor of L&rsquo;Eco d&rsquo;Italia) that
+ of one hundred Italian children who are sold by their
+ parents into this white slavery, but twenty ever return
+ home; thirty grow up and adopt various occupations abroad,
+ and fifty succumb to maladies produced by privation and
+ exposure.
+</pre>
+ <p>
+ Death came to Giacomo as a friend. No longer could he be forced out into
+ the streets to suffer cold and fatigue, and at night inhuman treatment and
+ abuse. His slavery was at an end.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ We go back now to Phil. Though he and his friends had again gained a
+ victory over Pietro and the padrone, he thought it would not be prudent to
+ remain in Newark any longer. He knew the revengeful spirit of his tyrants,
+ and dreaded the chance of again falling into their hands. He must, of
+ course, be exposed to the risk of capture while plying his vocation in the
+ public streets. Therefore he resisted the invitation of his warm-hearted
+ protectors to make his home with them, and decided to wander farther away
+ from New York.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The next day, therefore, he went to the railway station and bought a
+ ticket for a place ten miles further on. This he decided would be far
+ enough to be safe.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Getting out of the train, he found himself in a village of moderate size.
+ Phil looked around him with interest. He had the fondness, natural to his
+ age, for seeing new places. He soon came to a schoolhouse. It was only a
+ quarter of nine, and some of the boys were playing outside. Phil leaned
+ against a tree and looked on.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Though he was at an age when boys enjoy play better than work or study, he
+ had no opportunity to join in their games.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One of the boys, observing him, came up and said frankly, &ldquo;Do you want to
+ play with us?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said Phil, brightening up, &ldquo;I should like to.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Come on, then.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked at his fiddle and hesitated.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Oh, I&rsquo;ll take care of your fiddle for you. Here, this tree is hollow;
+ just put it inside, and nobody will touch it.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil needed no second invitation. Sure of the safety of his fiddle, which
+ was all-important to him since it procured for him his livelihood, he
+ joined in the game with zest. It was so simple that he easily understood
+ it. His laugh was as loud and merry as any of the rest, and his face
+ glowed with enjoyment.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It does not take long for boys to become acquainted. In the brief time
+ before the teacher&rsquo;s arrival, Phil became on good terms with the
+ schoolboys, and the one who had first invited him to join them said: &ldquo;Come
+ into school with us. You shall sit in my seat.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will he let me?&rdquo; asked Phil, pointing to the teacher.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;To be sure he will. Come along.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil took his fiddle from its hiding-place in the interior of the tree,
+ and walked beside his companion into the schoolroom.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was the first time he had ever been in a schoolroom before, and he
+ looked about him with curiosity at the desks, and the maps hanging on the
+ walls. The blackboards, too, he regarded with surprise, not understanding
+ their use.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After the opening exercises were concluded, the teacher, whose attention
+ had been directed to the newcomer, walked up to the desk where he was
+ seated. Phil was a little alarmed, for, associating him with his
+ recollections of the padrone, he did not know but that he would be
+ punished for his temerity in entering without the teacher&rsquo;s invitation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ But he was soon reassured by the pleasant tone in which he was addressed.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What is your name, my young friend?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Filippo.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are an Italian, I suppose.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Does that mean &lsquo;Yes, sir&rsquo;?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir,&rdquo; answered Phil, remembering to speak English.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is that your violin?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where do you live?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil hesitated.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am traveling,&rdquo; he said at last.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are young to travel alone. How long have you been in this country?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A year.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;And have you been traveling about all that time?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore; I have lived in New York.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I suppose you have not gone to school?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, signore.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, I am glad to see you here; I shall be glad to have you stay and
+ listen to our exercises.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The teacher walked back to his desk, and the lessons began. Phil listened
+ with curiosity and attention. For the first time in his life he felt
+ ashamed of his own ignorance, and wished he, too, might have a chance to
+ learn, as the children around him were doing. But they had homes and
+ parents to supply their wants, while he must work for his livelihood.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ After a time, recess came. Then the boys gathered around, and asked Phil
+ to play them a tune.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Will he let me?&rdquo; asked the young fiddler, again referring to the teacher.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The latter, being applied to, readily consented, and expressed his own
+ wish to hear Phil. So the young minstrel played and sang several tunes to
+ the group of children who gathered around him. Time passed rapidly, and
+ the recess was over before the children anticipated it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am sorry to disturb your enjoyment,&rdquo; said the teacher; &ldquo;but duty before
+ pleasure, you know. I will only suggest that, as our young friend here
+ depends on his violin for support, we ought to collect a little money for
+ him. James Reynolds, suppose you pass around your hat for contributions.
+ Let me suggest that you come to me first.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The united offerings, though small individually, amounted to a dollar,
+ which Phil pocketed with much satisfaction. He did not remain after
+ recess, but resumed his wanderings, and about noon entered a grocery
+ store, where he made a hearty lunch. Thus far good fortune attended him,
+ but the time was coming, and that before long, when life would wear a less
+ sunny aspect.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXV
+ </h2>
+ <h3>
+ PHIL FINDS A FRIEND
+ </h3>
+ <p>
+ It was the evening before Christmas. Until to-day the winter had been an
+ open one, but about one o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon the snow began to fall.
+ The flakes came thicker and faster, and it soon became evident that an
+ old-fashioned snowstorm had set in. By seven o&rsquo;clock the snow lay a foot
+ deep on the level, but in some places considerably deeper, for a brisk
+ wind had piled it up in places.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In a handsome house, some rods back from the village street, lived Dr.
+ Drayton, a physician, whose skill was so well appreciated that he had
+ already, though still in the prime of life, accumulated a handsome
+ competence.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He sat this evening in his library, in dressing-gown and slippers, his
+ wife nearby engaged in some needlework.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope you won&rsquo;t be called out this evening, Joseph,&rdquo; said Mrs. Drayton,
+ as a gust of wind tattled the window panes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I echo that wish, my dear,&rdquo; said the doctor, looking up from the last
+ number of the Atlantic Monthly. &ldquo;I find it much more comfortable here,
+ reading Dr. Holmes&rsquo; last article.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;The snow must be quite deep.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is. I found my ride from the north village this afternoon bleak
+ enough. You know how the wind sweeps across the road near the Pond
+ schoolhouse. I believe there is to be a Christmas-eve celebration in the
+ Town Hall this evening, is there not?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No; it has been postponed till to-morrow evening.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That will be better. The weather and walking will both be better. Shall
+ we go, Mary?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;If you wish it,&rdquo; she said, hesitatingly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Her husband understood her hesitation. Christmas day was a sad anniversary
+ for them. Four years before, their only son, Walter, a boy of eight, had
+ died just as the Christmas church bells were ringing out a summons to
+ church. Since then the house had been a silent one, the quiet unbroken by
+ childish noise and merriment. Much as the doctor and his wife were to each
+ other, both felt the void which Walter&rsquo;s death had created, and especially
+ as the anniversary came around which called to mind their great loss.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think we had better go,&rdquo; said the doctor; &ldquo;though God has bereft us of
+ our own child, it will be pleasant for us to watch the happy faces of
+ others.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Perhaps you are right, Joseph.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Half an hour passed. The doctor continued reading the Atlantic, while his
+ wife, occupied with thoughts which the conversation had called up, kept on
+ with her work.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Just then the bell was heard to ring.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I hope it is not for you, Joseph,&rdquo; said his wife, apprehensively.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am afraid it is,&rdquo; said the doctor, with a look of resignation.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I thought it would be too good luck for me to have the whole evening to
+ myself.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I wish you were not a doctor,&rdquo; said Mrs. Drayton.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is rather too late to change my profession, my dear,&rdquo; said her
+ husband, good-humoredly. &ldquo;I shall be fifty next birthday. To be sure,
+ Ellen Jones tells me that in her class at the Normal School there is a
+ maiden lady of sixty-two, who has just begun to prepare herself for the
+ profession of a teacher. I am not quite so old as that.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Here the servant opened the door, ushering in a farm laborer.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good-evening, Abner,&rdquo; said the doctor, recognizing him, as, indeed, he
+ knew every face within half a dozen miles. &ldquo;Anything amiss at home?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Mrs. Felton is took with spasms,&rdquo; said Abner. &ldquo;Can you come right over?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What have you done for her?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Put her feet in warm water, and put her to bed. Can you come right over?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said the doctor, rising and exchanging his dressing-gown for a
+ coat, and drawing on his boots. &ldquo;I will go as soon as my horse is ready.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Orders were sent out to put the horse to the sleigh. This was quickly
+ done, and the doctor, fully accoutered, walked to the door.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shall be back as soon as I can, Mary,&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;That won&rsquo;t be very soon. It is a good two-miles&rsquo; ride.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I shan&rsquo;t loiter on the way, you may be sure of that. Abner, I am ready.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The snow was still falling, but not quite so fast as early in the
+ afternoon. The wind, however, blew quite as hard, and the doctor found all
+ his wrappings needful.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ At intervals on the road he came to deep drifts of snow through which the
+ horse had some difficulty in drawing the sleigh, but at length he arrived
+ at the door of his patient. He found that the violence of her attack was
+ over, and, satisfied of this, left a few simple directions, which he
+ considered sufficient. Nature would do the rest.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now for home!&rdquo; he said to himself. &ldquo;I hope this will be my last
+ professional call this evening. Mary will be impatient for my return.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He gave the reins to his horse, who appeared to feel that he was bound
+ homeward, and traveled with more alacrity than he had come.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He, too, no doubt shared the doctor&rsquo;s hope that this was the last service
+ required of him before the morrow.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Doctor Drayton had completed rather more than half his journey, when,
+ looking to the right, his attention was drawn to a small, dark object,
+ nearly covered with snow.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Instinctively he reined up his horse.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Good heavens!&rdquo; he exclaimed, &ldquo;it must be a boy. God grant he is not
+ frozen!&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He leaped from his sleigh, and lifted the insensible body.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is an Italian boy, and here is his violin. The poor child may be
+ dead,&rdquo; he said to himself in a startled tone. &ldquo;I must carry him home, and
+ see what I can do for him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So he took up tenderly our young hero&mdash;for our readers will have
+ guessed that it was Phil&mdash;and put both him and his violin into the
+ sleigh. Then he drove home with a speed which astonished even his horse,
+ who, though anxious to reach his comfortable stable, would not voluntarily
+ have put forth so great an exertion as was now required of him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I must explain that Phil had for the last ten days been traveling about
+ the country, getting on comfortably while the ground was bare of snow.
+ To-day, however, had proved very uncomfortable. In the city the snow would
+ have been cleared off, and would not have interfered so much with
+ traveling.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He had bought some supper at a grocery store, and, after spending an hour
+ there, had set out again on his wanderings. He found the walking so bad
+ that he made up his mind to apply for a lodging at a house not far back;
+ but a fierce dog, by his barking, had deterred him from the application.
+ The road was lonely, and he had seen no other house since. Finally,
+ exhausted by the effort of dragging himself through the deep snow, and,
+ stiff with cold, he sank down by the side of the road, and would doubtless
+ have frozen had not the doctor made his appearance opportunely.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Mrs. Drayton was alarmed when her husband entered the sitting-room,
+ bearing Phil&rsquo;s insensible form.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ She jumped to her feet in alarm.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Who is it, Joseph?&rdquo; she asked.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;A poor Italian boy, whom I found by the side of the road.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Is he dead?&rdquo; asked the doctor&rsquo;s wife, quickly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I think not. I will restore him if there is any life left in him.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It was fortunate for Phil that he had been discovered by a skillful
+ physician, who knew the most effectual means of bringing him to. The flame
+ of life was burning low, and a little longer exposure would have closed
+ the earthly career of our young hero. But he was spared, as we hope, for a
+ happy and useful career.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ By the application of powerful restoratives Phil was at length brought
+ round. His chilled limbs grew warm, and his heart began to beat more
+ steadily and strongly. A bed was brought down to the sitting-room, and he
+ was placed in it.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where am I?&rdquo; he asked faintly, when he opened his eyes.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You are with friends, my boy. Don&rsquo;t ask questions now. In the morning,
+ you may ask as many as you like.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil closed his eyes languidly, and soon fell into a sound sleep.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Nature was doing her work well and rapidly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ In the morning Phil woke up almost wholly restored.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ As he opened his eyes, he met the kind glances of the doctor and his wife.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;How do you feel this morning?&rdquo; asked the doctor.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I feel well,&rdquo; said Phil, looking around him with curiosity.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Do you think you could eat some breakfast?&rdquo; asked Dr. Drayton, with a
+ smile.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Yes, sir,&rdquo; said Phil.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then, my lad, I think I can promise you some as soon as you are dressed.
+ But I see from your looks you want to know where you are and how you came
+ here. Don&rsquo;t you remember the snow-storm yesterday?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil shuddered. He remembered it only too well.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I found you lying by the side of the road about half-past eight in the
+ evening. I suppose you don&rsquo;t remember my picking you up?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No, sir.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;You were insensible. I was afraid at first you were frozen. But I brought
+ you home, and, thanks to Providence, you are all right again.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where is my fiddle?&rdquo; asked Phil, anxiously.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is safe. There it is on the piano.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil was relieved to see that his faithful companion was safe. He looked
+ upon it as his stock in trade, for without it he would not have known how
+ to make his livelihood.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He dressed quickly, and was soon seated at the doctor&rsquo;s well-spread table.
+ He soon showed that, in spite of his exposure and narrow escape from
+ death, he had a hearty appetite. Mrs. Drayton saw him eat with true
+ motherly pleasure, and her natural love of children drew her toward our
+ young hero, and would have done so even had he been less attractive.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Joseph,&rdquo; she said, addressing her husband, &ldquo;I want to speak to you a
+ moment.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ He followed her out of the room.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Well, my dear?&rdquo; he said.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I want to ask a favor.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is granted in advance.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Perhaps you will not say so when you know what it is.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I can guess it. You want to keep this boy.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Are you willing?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I would have proposed it, if you had not. He is without friends and poor.
+ We have enough and to spare. We will adopt him in place of our lost
+ Walter.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Thank you, Joseph. It will make me happy. Whatever I do for him, I will
+ do for my lost darling.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They went back into the room. They found Phil with his cap on and his
+ fiddle under his arm.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Where are you going, Philip?&rdquo; asked the doctor.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I am going into the street. I thank you for your kindness.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Would you not rather stay with us?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked up, uncertain of his meaning.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;We had a boy once, but he is dead. Will you stay with us and be our boy?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil looked in the kind faces of the doctor and his wife, and his face
+ lighted up with joy at the unexpected prospect of such a home, with people
+ who would be kind to him.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I will stay,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;You are very kind to me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ So our little hero had drifted into a snug harbor. His toils and
+ privations were over. And for the doctor and his wife it was a glad day
+ also. On Christmas Day four years before they had lost a child. On this
+ Christmas, God had sent them another to fill the void in their hearts.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CHAPTER XXVI
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ <a name="link2H_CONC" id="link2H_CONC">
+ <!-- H2 anchor --> </a>
+ </p>
+ <div style="height: 4em;">
+ <br /><br /><br /><br />
+ </div>
+ <h2>
+ CONCLUSION
+ </h2>
+ <p>
+ It was a strange thing for the homeless fiddler to find himself the object
+ of affectionate care and solicitude&mdash;to feel, when he woke up in the
+ morning, no anxiety about the day&rsquo;s success. He could not have found a
+ better home. Naturally attractive, and without serious faults, Phil soon
+ won his way to the hearts of the good doctor and his wife. The house
+ seemed brighter for his presence, and the void in the heart of the
+ bereaved mother was partially filled. Her lost Walter would have been of
+ the same age as Phil, had he lived. For his sake she determined to treat
+ the boy, who seemed cast by Providence upon her protection, as a son.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ To begin with, Phil was carried to the village tailor, where an ample
+ wardrobe was ordered for him. His old clothes were not cast aside, but
+ kept in remembrance of his appearance at the time he came to them. It was
+ a novel sensation for Phil, when, in his new suit, with a satchel of books
+ in his hand, he set out for the town school. It is needless to say that
+ his education was very defective, but he was far from deficient in natural
+ ability, and the progress he made was so rapid that in a year he was on
+ equal footing with the average of boys at his age. He was able at that
+ time to speak English as fluently as his companions, and, but for his dark
+ eyes, and clear brown complexion, he might have been mistaken for an
+ American boy.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ His popularity with his schoolfellows was instant and decided. His good
+ humor and lively disposition might readily account for that, even if his
+ position as the adopted son of a prominent citizen had no effect. But it
+ was understood that the doctor, who had no near relatives, intended to
+ treat Phil in all respects as a son, even to leaving him his heir.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ It may be asked whether the padrone gave up all efforts to recover the
+ young fiddler. He was too vindictive for this. Boys had run away from him
+ before, but none had subjected him to such ignominious failure in the
+ effort for their recovery. It would have fared ill with our young hero if
+ he had fallen again into the hands of his unscrupulous enemy. But the
+ padrone was not destined to recover him. Day after day Pietro explored the
+ neighboring towns, but all to no purpose. He only visited the principal
+ towns, while Phil was in a small town, not likely to attract the attention
+ of his pursuers.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ A week after his signal failure in Newark, the padrone inserted an
+ advertisement in the New York Herald, offering a reward of twenty-five
+ dollars for the recovery of Phil. But our hero was at that time wandering
+ about the country, and the advertisement did not fall under the eyes of
+ those with whom he came in contact. At length the padrone was compelled to
+ own himself baffled and give up the search. He was not without hopes,
+ however, that sometime Phil would turn up. He did hear of him again
+ through Pietro, but not in a way to bring him any nearer his recovery.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ This is the way it happened:
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ One Saturday morning in March, about three months after Phil had found a
+ home, the doctor said to him: &ldquo;Phil, I am going to New York this morning
+ on a little business; would you like to come with me?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil&rsquo;s eyes brightened. Though he was happy in his village home, he had
+ longed at times to find himself in the city streets with which his old
+ vagabond life had rendered him so familiar.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like it very much,&rdquo; he answered, eagerly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then run upstairs and get ready. I shall start in fifteen minutes.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Phil started, and then turned back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I might meet Pietro, or the padrone,&rdquo; he said, hesitating.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;No matter if you do, I shall be with you. If they attempt to recover you,
+ I will summon the police.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The doctor spoke so confidently that Phil dismissed his momentary fear.
+ Two hours later they set foot in New York.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Now, Phil,&rdquo; said the doctor, &ldquo;my business will not take long. After that,
+ if there are any friends you would like to see, I will go with you and
+ find them.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I should like to see Paul Hoffman,&rdquo; said Phil. &ldquo;I owe him two dollars and
+ a half for the fiddle.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He shall be paid,&rdquo; said the doctor. &ldquo;He shall lose nothing by trusting
+ you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ An hour afterward, while walking with the doctor in a side street, Phil&rsquo;s
+ attention was attracted by the notes of a hand-organ. Turning in the
+ direction from which they came, he met the glance of his old enemy,
+ Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It is Pietro,&rdquo; he said, quickly, touching the arm of his companion.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro had not been certain till then that it was Phil. It looked like
+ him, to be sure, but his new clothing and general appearance made such a
+ difference between him and the Phil of former days that he would have
+ supposed it only an accidental resemblance. But Phil&rsquo;s evident recognition
+ of him convinced him of his identity. He instantly ceased playing, and,
+ with eager exultation, advanced to capture him. Phil would have been
+ alarmed but for his confidence in the doctor&rsquo;s protection.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;I have got you at last, scelerato,&rdquo; said Pietro, roughly, grasping Phil
+ by the shoulder with a hostile glance.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ The doctor instantly seized him by the collar, and hurled him back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;What do you mean by assaulting my son?&rdquo; he demanded, coolly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro was rather astonished at this unexpected attack.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is my brother,&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;He must go back with me.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He is not your brother. If you touch him again, I will hand you to the
+ police.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He ran away from my uncle,&rdquo; said Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Your uncle should have treated him better.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He stole a fiddle,&rdquo; said Pietro, doggedly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He had paid for it over and over again,&rdquo; said the doctor. &ldquo;Phil, come
+ along. We have no further business with this young man.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ They walked on, but Pietro followed at a little distance. Seeing this, Dr.
+ Drayton turned back.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Young man,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;do you see that policeman across the street?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Si, signore,&rdquo; answered Pietro.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Then I advise you to go in a different direction, or I shall request him
+ to follow you.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro&rsquo;s sallow face was pale with rage. He felt angry enough to tear Phil
+ to pieces, but his rage was unavailing. He had a wholesome fear of the
+ police, and the doctor&rsquo;s threat was effectual. He turned away, though with
+ reluctance, and Phil breathed more freely. Pietro communicated his
+ information to the padrone, and the latter, finding that Phil had found a
+ powerful protector, saw that it would be dangerous for him to carry the
+ matter any further, and sensibly resolved to give up the chase.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Of the padrone I have only further to say that some months later he got
+ into trouble. In a low drinking saloon an altercation arose between him
+ and another ruffian one evening, when the padrone, in his rage, drew a
+ knife, and stabbed his adversary. He was arrested and is now serving out
+ his sentence in Sing Sing.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Pietro, by arrangement with him, took his place, stipulating to pay him a
+ certain annual sum. But he has taken advantage of his uncle&rsquo;s
+ incarceration to defraud him, and after the first payment neglected to
+ make any returns. It may readily be imagined that this imbitters the
+ padrone&rsquo;s imprisonment. Knowing what I do of his fierce temper, I should
+ not be surprised to hear of a murderous encounter between him and his
+ nephew after his release from imprisonment, unless, as is probable, just
+ before the release, Pietro should flee the country with the ill-gotten
+ gains he may have acquired during his term of office. Meanwhile the boys
+ are treated with scarcely less rigor by him than by his uncle, and toil
+ early and late, suffering hardships and privations, that Pietro may grow
+ rich.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ Paul Hoffman had often thought of Phil, and how he had fared. He was
+ indeed surprised and pleased when the young fiddler walked up and called
+ him by name.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;Phil,&rdquo; he exclaimed, grasping his hand heartily, &ldquo;I am very glad to see
+ you. Have you made a fortune?&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;He has found a father,&rdquo; said Dr. Drayton, speaking for Phil, &ldquo;who wants
+ to thank you for your past kindness to his son.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was nothing,&rdquo; said Paul, modestly.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ &ldquo;It was a great deal to Phil, for, except your family, he had no friends.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ To this Paul made a suitable reply, and gave Phil and his new father an
+ earnest invitation to dine with him. This the doctor declined, but agreed
+ to call at the rooms of Mrs. Hoffman, if Paul would agree to come and pass
+ the next Sunday with Phil as his visitor. Paul accepted the invitation
+ with pleasure, and it is needless to say that he received a hearty welcome
+ and agreed, in the approaching summer, to make another visit.
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ And now we bid farewell to Phil, the young, street musician. If his life
+ henceforth shall be less crowded with adventures, and so less interesting,
+ it is because he has been fortunate in securing a good home. Some years
+ hence the Doctor promises to give himself a vacation, and take Phil with
+ him to Europe, where he will seek out his Italian home, and the mother
+ with whom he has already opened communication by letter. So we leave Phil
+ in good hands, and with the prospect of a prosperous career. But there are
+ hundreds of young street musicians who have not met with his good fortune,
+ but are compelled, by hard necessity, to submit to the same privations and
+ hardships from which he is happily relieved. May a brighter day dawn for
+ them also!
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ I hope my readers feel an interest in Paul Hoffman, the young street
+ merchant, who proved so efficient a friend to our young hero. His earlier
+ adventures are chronicled in &ldquo;Paul, the Peddler.&rdquo; His later history will
+ be chronicled in the next volume of this series, which will be entitled
+ &ldquo;Slow and Sure; or From the Sidewalk to the Shop.&rdquo;
+ </p>
+ <p>
+ THE END <br /> <br />
+ </p>
+<pre xml:space="preserve">
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Phil the Fiddler, by Horatio Alger, Jr.
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHIL THE FIDDLER ***
+
+***** This file should be named 671-h.htm or 671-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/6/7/671/
+
+Produced by Charles Keller and David Widger
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&ldquo;the Foundation&rdquo;
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; appears, or with which the phrase &ldquo;Project
+Gutenberg&rdquo; is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase &ldquo;Project Gutenberg&rdquo; associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+&ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original &ldquo;Plain Vanilla ASCII&rdquo; or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, &ldquo;Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.&rdquo;
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+&ldquo;Defects,&rdquo; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &ldquo;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&rdquo; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &lsquo;AS-IS&rsquo; WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm&rsquo;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&rsquo;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state&rsquo;s laws.
+
+The Foundation&rsquo;s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation&rsquo;s web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+ </body>
+</html>